1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large images.
325 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
332 LaTeX and LyX options
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
357 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
367 of the manuals from inside LyX.
368 Just select the manual you want read from the
375 \begin_layout Section
377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
379 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
386 \begin_layout Standard
387 Almost all features of LyX that can be configured via the menu
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
403 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
404 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
406 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
407 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
412 \begin_inset space \space{}
415 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
416 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_inset Index idx
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
426 Reconfiguration of LyX
431 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
434 \begin_layout Section
436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
438 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
445 \begin_layout Standard
446 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
447 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
449 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
450 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
457 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
458 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
461 \begin_layout Standard
462 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
463 you can view from the menu
465 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
485 reconfigure LyX (menu
487 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_inset Note Note
494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
495 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
503 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
504 More about TeX Code is described in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
515 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
522 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
532 \begin_inset Index idx
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 Reconfiguration of LyX
541 See section 5.1 of the
545 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
548 \begin_layout Chapter
552 \begin_layout Section
553 Basic File Operations
554 \begin_inset Index idx
557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
566 \begin_layout Standard
571 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
572 in addition to some more advanced operations:
575 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 arg "dialog-show print"
693 \begin_layout Itemize
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
701 a few minor differences.
704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
719 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
720 you for a template to use.
721 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
722 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
723 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
731 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
738 \begin_layout Standard
739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
771 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
772 space is just that — a big, blank space.
780 \begin_layout Standard
801 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
806 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
831 will reload the document from disk.
832 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
833 and want to restore it to the last save.
842 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
843 can identify them as your changes.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Basic Editing Features
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
869 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
870 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
871 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
873 We will start with cut and paste.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 As you might expect, the
881 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
882 various other editing features.
883 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
887 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_layout Itemize
965 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
974 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
983 keys also function as the
988 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
989 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 You will have to do an
994 to get back the lost text.
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 \begin_inset Index idx
1001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1019 \begin_layout Standard
1022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1027 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1038 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1044 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1053 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1054 will start a new paragraph.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1058 \begin_inset Index idx
1061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 \begin_inset Index idx
1071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1103 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1108 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1125 button to skip the current word.
1129 \begin_inset space ~
1134 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1138 \begin_inset space ~
1143 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1145 If the toggle is set, searching for
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1157 will not match the word
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 Match whole words only
1174 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1203 LyX offers also an advanced
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1215 feature that is described in sec.
1216 \begin_inset space ~
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1222 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1231 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1233 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1238 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1245 \begin_layout Standard
1246 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1249 arg "inset-select-all"
1255 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1258 selects the whole document.
1261 \begin_layout Section
1263 \begin_inset Index idx
1266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1273 \begin_inset Index idx
1276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1285 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1294 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1300 or the toolbar button
1306 to undo some mistake.
1307 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1312 or the toolbar button
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1330 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1344 This is a consequence of the 100
1345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1348 step undo limit, above.
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1360 work on almost everything in LyX.
1361 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1365 \begin_layout Section
1367 \begin_inset Index idx
1370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 once anywhere in the edit window.
1394 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1409 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1419 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1435 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1523 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1524 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1531 LatexCommand formatted
1532 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1536 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1542 LatexCommand formatted
1543 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1548 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1554 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1555 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1556 dialog and to modify the citation.
1557 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1564 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1565 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1573 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1577 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1578 you further to control the display.
1583 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1584 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1589 option keeps it in the current view state.
1590 Keeping means that when you have e.
1591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1595 \begin_inset space \space{}
1598 the subsections of section
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1602 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 3, the subsections of section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1615 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1630 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../images/reload.png
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1648 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1649 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1652 \begin_inset space \space{}
1656 \begin_inset Graphics
1657 filename ../images/down.png
1659 groupId toolbarbuttons
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1668 \begin_inset space \space{}
1672 \begin_inset Graphics
1673 filename ../images/up.png
1675 groupId toolbarbuttons
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1683 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1684 So, for example, you can move section
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1692 2.4 or after section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1699 \begin_inset Graphics
1700 filename ../images/promote.png
1702 groupId toolbarbuttons
1707 \begin_inset Graphics
1708 filename ../images/demote.png
1710 groupId toolbarbuttons
1714 (or the corresponding key bindings
1722 ) you can change the level of sections.
1723 So you can for example make section
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_layout Section
1739 Input / Word Completion
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1742 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1747 \begin_inset Index idx
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1792 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1794 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1795 is used to propose completions.
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1822 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1826 \begin_inset space ~
1831 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1832 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1840 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1845 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1849 \begin_inset space ~
1858 \begin_layout Standard
1859 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are
1860 completions available.
1865 key to accept a proposed completion.
1866 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1867 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1868 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1875 \begin_layout Section
1877 \begin_inset Index idx
1880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1887 \begin_inset Index idx
1890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1919 \begin_inset Index idx
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1953 \begin_layout Standard
1954 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1967 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1969 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
2008 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2017 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2018 LatexCommand nomenclature
2020 description "Tabulator key"
2026 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2027 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2045 , especially section
2046 \begin_inset space ~
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2052 reference "sub:Lists"
2058 If you're still confused, look in the
2063 \begin_inset Newline newline
2066 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2069 \begin_layout Labeling
2070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2074 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2075 LatexCommand nomenclature
2077 description "Escape key"
2084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2091 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2092 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2095 \begin_layout Labeling
2096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2106 \begin_inset space ~
2113 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2114 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2118 \begin_layout Standard
2119 There are three modifier keys:
2122 \begin_layout Labeling
2123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2141 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2142 LatexCommand nomenclature
2144 description "Control key"
2148 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2149 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2153 \begin_layout Itemize
2162 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2165 \begin_layout Itemize
2174 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2177 \begin_layout Itemize
2186 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2190 \begin_layout Labeling
2191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2210 LatexCommand nomenclature
2212 description "Shift key"
2216 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2217 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2220 \begin_layout Labeling
2221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2239 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2240 LatexCommand nomenclature
2242 description "Alt or Meta key"
2246 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2247 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2248 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2254 \begin_inset Newline newline
2257 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2259 menu accelerator keys
2262 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2263 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2267 \begin_layout Standard
2268 For example, the sequence
2269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2275 \begin_inset space ~
2279 \begin_inset space ~
2285 \begin_inset space ~
2293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2312 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2333 manual lists all other things bound to the
2341 \begin_layout Standard
2342 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2343 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2344 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2345 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2346 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2347 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2348 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2350 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2366 followed by a capital
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2374 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2376 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2381 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2384 as explained in sec.
2385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2391 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2398 \begin_layout Chapter
2400 \begin_inset Index idx
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 \begin_layout Section
2414 \begin_inset Index idx
2417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2426 \begin_layout Subsection
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2431 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2432 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2433 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2434 numbering schemes, and so on.
2435 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2436 and format the title of your document differently.
2439 \begin_layout Standard
2444 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2445 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2446 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2447 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2448 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2451 \begin_layout Standard
2452 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2453 how to adjust their properties.
2456 \begin_layout Subsection
2458 \begin_inset Index idx
2461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2470 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2477 \begin_layout Standard
2478 You can select a class using the
2480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2481 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2485 \begin_inset Index idx
2488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2495 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2503 \begin_layout Standard
2504 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Article for basic articles
2512 \begin_layout Description
2513 Report for basic reports
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Book for writing a book
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 Letter for US-style letters
2524 \begin_layout Standard
2525 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2526 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2527 will include many of these.
2528 Here are some of the classes.
2529 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2531 Special Document Classes
2540 \begin_layout Description
2541 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2544 \begin_layout Description
2545 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2556 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2557 There are three article layouts available.
2558 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2559 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2560 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2561 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2566 sequential numbering
2567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2570 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2571 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2572 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2573 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 Beamer Layout for presentations
2580 \begin_layout Description
2581 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2582 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2590 \begin_layout Description
2592 \begin_inset space ~
2595 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 Foils Used to make transparencies
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2608 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2614 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2617 \begin_layout Description
2618 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2621 \begin_layout Description
2622 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2625 \begin_layout Description
2626 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2627 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2628 (Is used by this document.)
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2639 \begin_layout Description
2644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2651 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2652 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2654 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2657 \begin_layout Description
2658 Slides Used to make transparencies
2661 \begin_layout Description
2663 \begin_inset space ~
2666 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2667 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2670 \begin_layout Description
2671 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2675 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2677 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2683 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2684 of the document classes.
2687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2695 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2697 \begin_inset Index idx
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2717 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2718 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2720 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2725 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2726 and some of them, like
2730 , are highly specialized.
2731 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2732 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2734 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2735 by some document class.
2736 There are just too many of them.
2737 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2740 \begin_layout Standard
2741 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2750 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2751 document class for a new file.
2752 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2757 Installing new LaTeX files
2758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2765 manual for information on how to install them.
2766 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2772 \begin_layout Standard
2773 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2774 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2776 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2777 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2778 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2780 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2783 \begin_inset space ~
2790 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2802 \begin_inset Index idx
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 \begin_layout Standard
2815 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2816 chosen document class.
2817 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2818 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2829 \begin_inset Index idx
2832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2839 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2845 always installed by default.
2846 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2847 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2848 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2849 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2850 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2851 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2852 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2855 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2859 \begin_inset Index idx
2862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 Reconfiguration of LyX
2869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2872 Installing new LaTeX files
2873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2880 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2883 \begin_layout Standard
2884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2893 LyX will advise you about these things.
2901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2905 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2910 \begin_inset Index idx
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2914 Document ! Local Layout
2922 \begin_layout Standard
2923 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2924 used in a variety of different documents.
2925 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2926 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2927 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2928 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2929 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2930 What you want is LyX's
2931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2947 manual for information on how to use it.
2950 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2954 \begin_layout Standard
2955 Each class has a default set of options.
2956 Here's a quick table describing them:
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2966 \begin_layout Standard
2968 \begin_inset Tabular
2969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2970 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3437 You're probably also wondering what
3438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3442 \begin_inset space ~
3446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3450 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3451 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3456 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3461 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3471 headings, there are also
3479 headings, and so on.
3480 We will describe these headings fully in section
3481 \begin_inset space ~
3485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3487 reference "sub:Headings"
3494 \begin_layout Subsection
3496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3498 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3503 \begin_inset Index idx
3506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3515 \begin_inset Index idx
3518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3527 \begin_layout Standard
3528 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3530 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3537 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_inset space ~
3550 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3552 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3553 to use for your document.
3554 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3558 \begin_layout Standard
3565 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3571 \begin_inset space ~
3576 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3577 You can choose between the following five options:
3580 \begin_layout Labeling
3581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3586 Use default page style of current class.
3589 \begin_layout Labeling
3590 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3595 No page numbers or headings.
3598 \begin_layout Labeling
3599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3607 \begin_layout Labeling
3608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3614 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3615 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3618 \begin_layout Labeling
3619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3624 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3625 have the LaTeX-package
3630 \begin_inset Index idx
3633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3634 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3640 How they are defined is explained in section
3641 \begin_inset space ~
3645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3647 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3656 \begin_inset space ~
3660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3662 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3669 \begin_layout Subsection
3670 Paper Size and Orientation
3671 \begin_inset Index idx
3674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3675 Document ! Paper size
3681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3683 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3690 \begin_layout Standard
3691 You find the following options in the menu
3694 \begin_inset space ~
3701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3707 \begin_inset Index idx
3710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3719 \begin_layout Labeling
3720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3724 \begin_inset space ~
3729 What size paper to print on.
3734 \begin_layout Itemize
3740 \begin_layout Itemize
3746 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 \begin_layout Itemize
3758 \begin_layout Itemize
3761 US letter, US legal, US executive
3764 \begin_layout Itemize
3770 \begin_layout Itemize
3777 \begin_layout Labeling
3778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3783 To choose whether to output as
3794 \begin_layout Labeling
3795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3799 \begin_inset space ~
3804 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3805 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3808 \begin_layout Subsection
3810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3817 \begin_inset Index idx
3820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 \begin_inset Index idx
3830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3839 \begin_layout Standard
3840 Paper margins are set in the menu
3842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3846 \begin_inset Index idx
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3858 \begin_layout Standard
3859 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3860 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3861 the paper format and the font size into account.
3864 \begin_layout Subsection
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3874 That includes the paragraph environments.
3875 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3876 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3877 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3878 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3887 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3889 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3890 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3891 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3894 \begin_layout Section
3895 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3896 \begin_inset Index idx
3899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3900 Paragraph ! Indentation
3908 \begin_layout Subsection
3910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3912 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3919 \begin_layout Standard
3920 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3921 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3925 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3926 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3927 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3928 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3932 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3938 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3939 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3940 language than English.
3941 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3944 \begin_layout Standard
3945 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3946 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3948 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3949 LyX takes care of that.
3950 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3952 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3953 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3954 of a page, and so on.
3958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3959 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3964 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3965 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3969 of these pre-coded spacings.
3970 We will explain more later.
3973 \begin_layout Subsection
3974 Paragraph Separation
3975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3977 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3982 \begin_inset Index idx
3985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3986 Paragraph ! Separation
3994 \begin_layout Standard
3995 To separate paragraphs, select
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4017 \begin_inset Index idx
4020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4026 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4029 \begin_layout Subsection
4033 \begin_layout Standard
4034 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4039 \begin_inset space ~
4044 dialog and toggle the
4047 \begin_inset space ~
4052 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4055 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4059 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4060 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4064 \begin_layout Standard
4065 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4066 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4069 \begin_layout Subsection
4071 \begin_inset Index idx
4074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4075 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4083 \begin_layout Standard
4086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4090 \begin_inset Index idx
4093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4102 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4105 \begin_inset space ~
4114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4115 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4120 \begin_inset Index idx
4123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4124 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4129 installed to use this feature.
4137 \begin_layout Section
4138 Paragraph Environments
4139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4141 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4146 \begin_inset Index idx
4149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4150 Paragraph ! Environments
4156 \begin_inset Index idx
4159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4160 Paragraph environments|(
4168 \begin_layout Subsection
4172 \begin_layout Standard
4173 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4176 \begin_layout Standard
4195 \begin_inset Newline newline
4198 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4199 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4200 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4209 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 A paragraph environment is simply a
4214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4221 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4222 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4223 scheme, labels, and so on.
4224 Additionally, you can
4225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4232 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4233 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4234 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4235 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4236 days of typewriters.
4237 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4239 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4242 \begin_layout Standard
4243 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4244 \begin_inset Graphics
4245 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4251 at the left end of the toolbar.
4252 LyX will change the environment of the
4256 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4257 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4258 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4262 \begin_layout Standard
4271 create a new paragraph using the
4275 paragraph environment.
4277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4284 because if you are in one of these environments:
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 \begin_layout Itemize
4311 \begin_layout Itemize
4317 \begin_layout Itemize
4323 \begin_layout Itemize
4329 \begin_layout Standard
4330 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4334 , rather than resetting it to
4339 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4340 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4341 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4342 \begin_inset space ~
4346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4348 reference "sec:Nesting"
4353 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4358 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4359 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4363 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4373 \begin_layout Standard
4374 The default paragraph environment is
4379 It creates a plain paragraph.
4380 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4381 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4382 this manual) are in the
4389 \begin_layout Standard
4390 You can nest a paragraph using the
4394 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4402 \begin_layout Subsection
4404 \begin_inset Index idx
4407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4426 for thanks or contact information.
4427 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4428 page along with today's date.
4429 For other types of documents, the title
4430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4437 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4456 Here's how you use them:
4459 \begin_layout Itemize
4460 Put the title of your document in the
4467 \begin_layout Itemize
4468 Put the author name in the
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4476 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4477 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4483 Note that using this environment is optional.
4484 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4485 If you don't want any date, add the line
4486 \begin_inset Newline newline
4496 \begin_inset Newline newline
4499 to the preamble of your document (menu
4501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 You can use footnotes to insert
4509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4516 or contact information.
4519 \begin_layout Subsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4542 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4547 \begin_inset Index idx
4550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4551 Section headings ! Numbered
4559 \begin_layout Standard
4560 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4576 \begin_layout Enumerate
4582 \begin_layout Enumerate
4588 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4608 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4609 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4612 \begin_layout Standard
4613 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4614 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4615 You group the book into chapters.
4616 LyX does similar grouping:
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 is divided in either
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_layout Itemize
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4671 \begin_layout Itemize
4683 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4704 Not all document types use the
4708 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4713 is the top-level heading.
4721 \begin_layout Standard
4726 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4727 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4729 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4743 \begin_inset Index idx
4746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4747 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4756 The unnumbered section headings have a
4757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4764 at the end of their name.
4765 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4766 the table of contents, see section
4767 \begin_inset space ~
4771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4781 Changing the Numbering
4782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4784 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4792 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4793 in the Table of Contents.
4794 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4796 Certain classes start with
4810 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4820 This is something you can change.
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4832 \begin_inset Index idx
4835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 \begin_inset space ~
4850 \begin_inset space ~
4855 you will see two counters.
4860 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4862 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4867 Short Titles of Headings
4868 \begin_inset Index idx
4871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4872 Section headings ! Short titles
4878 \begin_inset Argument
4881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4890 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4899 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4900 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4901 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4906 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4907 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4908 To specify a short title, use the menu
4910 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4912 \begin_inset space ~
4918 This will insert a box labeled
4919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4934 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4935 This also works for captions inside floats.
4938 \begin_layout Standard
4939 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4947 The following information applies to all section headings:
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4954 \begin_layout Itemize
4955 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4958 \begin_layout Itemize
4959 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4962 \begin_layout Itemize
4963 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4966 \begin_layout Subsection
4967 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4970 \begin_layout Standard
4971 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4985 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4986 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4987 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4988 the text they contain.
4989 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4997 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5000 \begin_layout Standard
5001 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5010 when you start a new paragraph.
5011 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5015 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5016 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5017 to change back to the
5021 environment yourself.
5024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5041 \begin_inset Index idx
5044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5055 time for the differences.
5064 are identical except for one difference:
5068 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5077 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5081 Here's an example of the
5094 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5096 See – no indentation!
5100 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5101 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5102 the other paragraph.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 Here's another example, this time in the
5113 \begin_layout Quotation
5119 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5120 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5121 the first line, then
5125 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5129 you were quoting other text.
5132 \begin_layout Quotation
5133 Here's a new paragraph.
5134 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5135 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5138 \begin_layout Standard
5139 As the examples show,
5143 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5144 They should put quotes in the
5149 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5153 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5156 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5162 \begin_inset Index idx
5165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5174 \begin_inset Index idx
5177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5193 \begin_layout Standard
5198 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5204 \begin_inset Newline newline
5207 Which I did not rehearse!
5211 It could be much worse.
5212 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5214 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5215 indented a bit more than the first.
5216 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5222 \begin_inset Newline newline
5225 And make things look fine
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 arg "newline-insert newline"
5238 \begin_layout Standard
5243 does not indent both margins.
5244 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5245 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5252 arg "newline-insert newline"
5258 \begin_layout Subsection
5260 \begin_inset Index idx
5263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5280 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5290 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5299 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5300 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5301 describing some general features of all four of them.
5304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5308 \begin_layout Standard
5309 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5311 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5320 reset the environment to
5324 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5325 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5326 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5333 to break paragraphs.
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5337 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5338 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5340 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5341 you read all of section
5342 \begin_inset space ~
5346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5348 reference "sec:Nesting"
5356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5362 \begin_inset Index idx
5365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5382 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5386 paragraph environment.
5387 It has the following properties:
5390 \begin_layout Itemize
5391 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5395 \begin_layout Itemize
5396 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5399 \begin_layout Itemize
5400 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5404 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 The items can have any length.
5406 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5407 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5414 \begin_layout Itemize
5419 environment inside another
5423 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5431 \begin_layout Itemize
5432 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 \begin_inset space ~
5441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5443 reference "sec:Nesting"
5447 for a full explanation of nesting.
5451 \begin_layout Standard
5452 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5461 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5464 \begin_layout Standard
5465 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5466 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5469 \begin_layout Itemize
5470 The label for the first level
5474 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5478 \begin_layout Itemize
5479 The label for the second level is a dash.
5483 \begin_layout Itemize
5484 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5488 \begin_layout Itemize
5489 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5493 \begin_layout Itemize
5494 Back out to the third level.
5498 \begin_layout Itemize
5499 Back to the second level.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 Back to the outermost level.
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5508 These are the default labels for an
5513 You can customize these labels in the
5515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5518 dialog in the submenu
5525 \begin_inset Index idx
5528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5539 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5541 \begin_inset space ~
5545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5547 reference "sec:Nesting"
5554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5560 \begin_inset Index idx
5563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5572 name "sec:Enumerate"
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5584 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5585 It has these properties:
5588 \begin_layout Enumerate
5589 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5593 \begin_layout Enumerate
5594 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5598 \begin_layout Enumerate
5599 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5602 \begin_layout Enumerate
5607 environment resets the counter to one.
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5625 Items can have any length.
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5636 \begin_layout Enumerate
5637 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5641 \begin_layout Standard
5650 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5651 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 The first level of an
5663 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5667 \begin_layout Enumerate
5668 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5672 \begin_layout Enumerate
5673 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5677 \begin_layout Enumerate
5678 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5681 \begin_layout Enumerate
5682 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5687 \begin_layout Enumerate
5688 Back to the third level
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 Back to the second level.
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 Back to the outermost level.
5701 \begin_layout Standard
5702 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5707 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5712 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5717 There is more to nesting
5721 environments than we've stated here.
5722 You should read section
5723 \begin_inset space ~
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5729 reference "sec:Nesting"
5733 to learn more about nesting.
5736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5742 \begin_inset Index idx
5745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5759 list has no fixed label.
5760 Instead, LyX uses the first
5761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5768 of the first line as the label.
5772 \begin_layout Description
5773 Example: This is an example of the
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5781 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5785 \begin_layout Standard
5787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5794 it is meant that the first hit of the
5798 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5800 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5808 arg "space-insert protected"
5813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5814 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 \begin_inset space ~
5822 \begin_inset space ~
5826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5828 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5832 for more info.) Here is an example:
5835 \begin_layout Description
5837 \begin_inset space ~
5840 Example: This one shows how to use a
5843 \begin_inset space ~
5855 \begin_layout Description
5856 Usage: You should use the
5860 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5861 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5863 It's not a good idea to use a
5867 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5868 You're better off using
5880 paragraphs into them.
5883 \begin_layout Description
5884 Nesting: You can nest
5888 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5893 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5894 them from the first line.
5897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5903 \begin_inset Index idx
5906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5920 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5932 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5937 environment is named
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5958 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5959 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5962 \begin_layout Labeling
5963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 \begin_inset space ~
5968 labels LyX uses the first
5969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5976 of each line as the item label.
5981 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5982 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5983 blank as described above.
5986 \begin_layout Labeling
5987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5988 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5989 the body of the item text.
5990 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5991 label width plus a little extra space.
5995 \begin_layout Labeling
5996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5998 \begin_inset space ~
6001 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6003 If the label width is larger, the label
6004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6011 into the first line.
6012 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6013 margin of the rest of the item text.
6016 \begin_layout Labeling
6017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6019 \begin_inset space ~
6022 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6027 environment have the same left margin.
6028 \begin_inset Newline newline
6031 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6036 \begin_inset space ~
6045 \begin_inset space ~
6050 determines the default label width.
6051 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6060 multiple times instead.
6061 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6070 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6073 \begin_inset space ~
6078 every time you alter a label in a
6083 \begin_inset Newline newline
6086 The predefined default width is the length of
6087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6096 \begin_inset Newline newline
6100 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6108 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6109 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6117 \begin_layout Standard
6122 environment the same way like the
6126 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6132 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6136 \begin_layout Standard
6141 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6143 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6145 \begin_inset space ~
6149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6151 reference "sec:Nesting"
6155 to learn about nesting.
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6159 There is yet another feature of the
6163 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6165 You can use additional
6169 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6174 are documented in section
6175 \begin_inset space ~
6179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6181 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6186 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_layout Labeling
6190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6191 Left The default for
6198 \begin_layout Labeling
6199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6207 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6210 \begin_layout Labeling
6211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6212 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6216 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6223 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6226 \begin_layout Subsection
6228 \begin_inset Index idx
6231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6240 \begin_layout Standard
6241 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6244 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6246 in the document settings.
6247 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6252 \begin_inset Index idx
6255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6256 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6265 Custom Enumerate Lists
6266 \begin_inset Index idx
6269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6270 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6280 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6286 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6287 There you add the command
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 in TeX Code (shortcut
6309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6310 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6311 \begin_inset space ~
6315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6317 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6330 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6337 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6338 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6351 For Arabic numerals use
6359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6366 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6383 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6391 You can only number 26
6392 \begin_inset space ~
6395 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6405 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6409 As example a list with custom numbering:
6412 \begin_layout Enumerate
6413 \begin_inset Argument
6416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6442 \begin_layout Enumerate
6443 \begin_inset Argument
6446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6469 \begin_layout Enumerate
6474 \begin_layout Enumerate
6475 \begin_inset Argument
6478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6502 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_inset Argument
6506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6532 \begin_layout Standard
6533 For this list these commands were used:
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6547 \begin_inset Newline newline
6555 \begin_inset Newline newline
6563 \begin_inset Newline newline
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6580 makes the label emphasized and
6589 \begin_layout Standard
6590 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6598 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6599 lists until you change the definition.
6607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6609 \begin_inset Index idx
6612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6613 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6625 \begin_layout Enumerate
6626 \begin_inset Argument
6629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 \begin_inset Note Note
6651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6652 goes back to default numbering
6660 \begin_layout Enumerate
6664 \begin_layout Standard
6668 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6672 \begin_layout Standard
6673 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6678 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6679 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6691 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6699 \begin_layout Standard
6700 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6702 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6703 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6704 of a normal new enumeration.
6705 There insert the command
6708 \begin_layout Standard
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6719 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6723 \begin_layout Enumerate
6727 \begin_layout Enumerate
6731 \begin_layout Standard
6732 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6735 \begin_layout Enumerate
6736 \begin_inset Argument
6739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6755 This enumeration starts at 4
6758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6760 \begin_inset Index idx
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 \begin_layout Standard
6773 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6775 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6782 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 with standard spacing
6786 \begin_layout Standard
6787 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6789 There add the command
6793 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 \begin_inset Argument
6800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 \begin_layout Itemize
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6828 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6834 \begin_inset Index idx
6837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6838 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6844 For more info see its documentation,
6845 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6854 \begin_layout Standard
6855 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6857 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6858 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6862 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6865 \begin_layout Enumerate
6866 \begin_inset Argument
6869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6877 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6891 with negative indentation
6894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6895 Further Customization
6896 \begin_inset Index idx
6899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6900 Lists ! Customization
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 You can also change the style of description lists.
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 changes the description label font, the command
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6929 \begin_layout Standard
6930 sets the list style.
6933 \begin_layout Standard
6934 An example where the command
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6942 itshape, style=nextline
6945 \begin_layout Standard
6949 \begin_layout Description
6951 \begin_inset space ~
6955 \begin_inset Argument
6958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6964 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6966 itshape, style=nextline
6976 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6977 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6981 \begin_layout Description
6983 \begin_inset space ~
6986 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6987 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6988 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6991 \begin_layout Standard
6992 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6998 \begin_inset Index idx
7001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7002 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7008 For more info see its documentation,
7009 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7018 \begin_layout Subsection
7020 \begin_inset Index idx
7023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7040 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_layout Standard
7049 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7057 \begin_inset space ~
7063 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7064 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7065 In contrast, you can use the
7072 \begin_inset space ~
7077 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7078 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7082 \begin_layout Standard
7083 Of course, you're not limited to using
7090 \begin_inset space ~
7099 \begin_inset space ~
7104 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7105 some European academic papers.
7108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7112 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7124 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7125 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7129 \begin_inset space ~
7134 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7135 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7136 Here's an example of each:
7139 \begin_layout Right Address
7141 \begin_inset Newline newline
7145 \begin_inset Newline newline
7149 \begin_inset Newline newline
7152 When is it? What is today?
7155 \begin_layout Standard
7159 \begin_inset space ~
7165 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7166 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7167 Here's an example of the
7174 \begin_layout Address
7176 \begin_inset Newline newline
7179 Where do I send this
7180 \begin_inset Newline newline
7183 Your post office and country
7186 \begin_layout Standard
7187 As you can see, both
7194 \begin_inset space ~
7199 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7204 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7210 This makes sense, since
7218 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7219 Thus, you have to use
7226 arg "newline-insert newline"
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7237 \begin_inset space ~
7246 menu) to start a new line in an
7253 \begin_inset space ~
7261 \begin_layout Subsection
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7266 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7267 or list of references.
7268 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7275 \begin_inset Index idx
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7287 \begin_layout Standard
7292 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7293 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7294 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7295 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7299 in anything else or vice versa.
7305 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7306 The book document classes ignores the
7310 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7314 in a letter document class.
7317 \begin_layout Standard
7322 environment does several things for you.
7323 First, it puts the centered label
7324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7332 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7334 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7335 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7336 the subsequent text.
7337 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7338 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7341 \begin_layout Standard
7342 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7346 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7347 The new paragraph will still be in the
7352 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7353 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 \begin_inset Float figure
7362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7364 \begin_inset Graphics
7365 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7373 \begin_inset Caption
7375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7378 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7404 environment, but since this document is in the
7405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7412 class, we can't do this.
7413 We inserted it therefore as figure
7414 \begin_inset space ~
7418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7420 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7425 If you've never heard of an
7426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7433 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7442 \begin_inset Index idx
7445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7454 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7466 environment is used to list references.
7467 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7468 only use it at the end of the document.
7473 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7476 \begin_layout Standard
7477 When you first open a
7481 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7497 depending on the document class.
7498 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7499 Each paragraph of the
7503 environment is a bibliography entry.
7508 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7509 Each new paragraph is still in the
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7518 by using a BibTeX database.
7519 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7520 phy handling, have a look at in section
7521 \begin_inset space ~
7525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7527 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7534 \begin_layout Subsection
7538 \begin_inset Index idx
7541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7542 Paragraph ! LyX code
7548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7557 \begin_layout Standard
7562 environment is another LyX extension.
7563 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7568 key as a fixed whitespace;
7572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7584 \begin_inset space ~
7589 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7594 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7595 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7598 arg "newline-insert newline"
7615 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7616 So, when you finish using the
7620 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7621 Also, you can nest the
7625 environment inside of others.
7628 \begin_layout Standard
7629 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7632 \begin_layout Itemize
7636 arg "newline-insert newline"
7639 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7644 \begin_inset space \space{}
7654 arg "newline-insert newline"
7660 \begin_layout Itemize
7664 arg "newline-insert newline"
7675 \begin_layout Itemize
7680 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7687 \begin_layout Itemize
7691 arg "space-insert protected"
7698 \begin_layout Itemize
7699 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7700 You must put at least one
7704 in any line you want blank.
7705 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7708 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7713 since that will insert
7718 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7721 arg "self-insert \""
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7743 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7747 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7748 printf("Hello World!
7753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7757 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7761 \begin_layout Standard
7762 This is just the standard
7763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7774 \begin_layout Standard
7779 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7780 rc-files, and so on.
7781 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7782 as if you used a typewriter.
7783 \begin_inset Index idx
7786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7787 Paragraph environments|)
7792 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7795 Program Code Listings
7800 \begin_inset space ~
7808 \begin_layout Section
7809 Nesting Environments
7810 \begin_inset Index idx
7813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7814 Nesting ! Environments
7820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7829 \begin_layout Subsection
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7834 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7836 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7838 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7840 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7852 \begin_layout Enumerate
7856 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \begin_layout Enumerate
7865 \begin_layout Enumerate
7870 \begin_layout Enumerate
7874 \begin_layout Standard
7875 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7876 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7879 \begin_inset space ~
7883 \begin_inset space ~
7891 \begin_inset space ~
7895 \begin_inset space ~
7904 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7905 will tell you how far you are nested).
7906 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7909 arg "depth-increment"
7915 arg "depth-decrement"
7918 or the convenient key bindings
7929 arg "depth-increment"
7935 arg "depth-decrement"
7938 to change the nesting level.
7939 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7940 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7944 \begin_layout Standard
7945 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7946 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7947 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7948 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7951 \begin_layout Standard
7952 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7953 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7955 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7958 \begin_layout Subsection
7959 What You Can and Can't Nest
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7963 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7964 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7967 \begin_layout Standard
7968 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7969 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7970 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7973 \begin_layout Itemize
7974 Completely unnestable
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7978 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7982 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7989 environments have them:
7992 \begin_layout Description
7993 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7994 Can't nest into them.
7998 \begin_layout Itemize
8004 \begin_layout Itemize
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8029 \begin_layout Description
8031 \begin_inset space ~
8034 Nestable You can nest them.
8035 You can nest other things into them.
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8063 \begin_layout Itemize
8069 \begin_layout Itemize
8075 \begin_layout Itemize
8081 \begin_layout Itemize
8088 \begin_layout Description
8089 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8090 You can't nest anything into them.
8094 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8118 \begin_layout Itemize
8124 \begin_layout Itemize
8130 \begin_layout Itemize
8136 \begin_layout Itemize
8142 \begin_layout Itemize
8148 \begin_layout Itemize
8154 \begin_layout Itemize
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 \begin_layout Itemize
8172 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 \begin_inset space ~
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Standard
8190 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8198 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8207 \begin_inset space ~
8211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8215 \begin_inset space \space{}
8218 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8219 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8220 section headings violate this.
8228 \begin_layout Subsection
8229 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8230 \begin_inset Index idx
8233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8244 affected by nesting anyhow.
8248 \begin_layout Itemize
8252 \begin_layout Itemize
8256 \begin_layout Itemize
8260 \begin_layout Standard
8262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8270 Figures and tables in
8274 are not affected by this.
8279 Have a look at section
8280 \begin_inset space ~
8284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8286 reference "sec:Floats"
8290 for more information about
8297 \begin_layout Standard
8298 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8299 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8303 \begin_layout Standard
8304 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8312 of its own, it behaves just like a
8313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8320 paragraph environment.
8321 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 Here's an example with a table:
8329 \begin_layout Enumerate
8334 \begin_layout Enumerate
8335 This is (a) and it's nested.
8339 \begin_layout Standard
8340 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8346 \begin_layout Standard
8348 \begin_inset Tabular
8349 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8350 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8437 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8444 \begin_layout Enumerate
8446 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8450 \begin_layout Enumerate
8454 \begin_layout Standard
8455 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8458 \begin_layout Enumerate
8463 \begin_layout Enumerate
8464 This is (a) and it's nested.
8468 \begin_layout Standard
8469 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8475 \begin_layout Standard
8477 \begin_inset Tabular
8478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8479 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8565 \begin_layout Standard
8566 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8572 \begin_layout Enumerate
8579 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8582 \begin_layout Enumerate
8586 \begin_layout Standard
8587 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8592 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8594 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8597 \begin_layout Enumerate
8602 \begin_layout Enumerate
8603 This is (a) and it's nested.
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8613 \begin_layout Standard
8615 \begin_inset Tabular
8616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8617 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8703 \begin_layout Standard
8704 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8710 \begin_layout Enumerate
8712 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8720 \begin_layout Enumerate
8724 \begin_layout Standard
8725 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8731 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8732 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8736 \begin_layout Subsection
8737 Usage and General Features
8740 \begin_layout Standard
8741 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8750 is the innermost possible depth.
8751 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8754 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 level #1 – outermost
8759 \begin_layout Enumerate
8764 \begin_layout Enumerate
8769 \begin_layout Enumerate
8774 \begin_layout Itemize
8779 \begin_layout Itemize
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8789 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8790 both of them in the example.
8791 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8801 For example, if we tried to nest another
8806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8813 , we would get errors.
8816 \begin_layout Subsection
8818 \begin_inset Index idx
8821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8830 \begin_layout Standard
8831 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8832 We have several examples of nested environments.
8833 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8838 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8841 \begin_layout Labeling
8842 \labelwidthstring MMM
8843 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8852 \begin_layout Labeling
8853 \labelwidthstring MMM
8854 #2-a This is level #2.
8855 We created it by using
8858 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8864 arg "depth-increment"
8871 \begin_layout Labeling
8872 \labelwidthstring MMM
8873 #3-a This is level #3.
8874 This time, we just hit
8881 arg "depth-increment"
8885 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8889 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8895 arg "depth-increment"
8902 \begin_layout Standard
8907 environment, nested inside of
8908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8916 So, it's at level #4.
8917 We did this by hitting
8920 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8926 arg "depth-increment"
8929 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8934 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8955 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8958 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8964 \begin_layout Labeling
8965 \labelwidthstring MMM
8966 #4-a This is level #4.
8970 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8973 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8978 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8982 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8987 keep nesting things inside
8988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8999 \begin_layout Labeling
9000 \labelwidthstring MMM
9001 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9006 \begin_layout Labeling
9007 \labelwidthstring MMM
9008 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9009 and this is level #6.
9010 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9014 \begin_layout Labeling
9015 \labelwidthstring MMM
9016 #5-b Back to level #5.
9020 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9026 arg "depth-decrement"
9033 \begin_layout Labeling
9034 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9044 arg "depth-decrement"
9047 , we're back at level #4.
9051 \begin_layout Labeling
9052 \labelwidthstring MMM
9053 #3-b Back to level #3.
9054 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9058 \begin_layout Labeling
9059 \labelwidthstring MMM
9060 #2-b Back to level #2.
9065 \begin_layout Labeling
9066 \labelwidthstring MMM
9067 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9068 After this sentence, we will hit
9072 and change the paragraph environment back to
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 We could have also used the
9096 environment in place of the
9101 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9105 Example 2: Inheritance
9108 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9109 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9112 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9121 arg "depth-increment"
9124 , after which, we will change to the
9132 \begin_layout Enumerate
9137 environment, at level #2.
9140 \begin_layout Enumerate
9141 Notice how the nested
9145 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9149 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 We ended this example by hitting
9159 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9163 and reset the nesting depth by using
9166 arg "depth-decrement"
9172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9173 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9182 \begin_inset Argument
9185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9186 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9194 \begin_layout Enumerate
9195 This is level #1, in an
9199 paragraph environment.
9200 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9204 \begin_layout Enumerate
9209 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9215 arg "depth-increment"
9219 Now, what happens if we nest an
9223 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9224 label be? An asterisk?
9228 \begin_layout Itemize
9238 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9239 So, its label is a bullet.
9240 (We got here by using
9243 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9249 arg "depth-increment"
9252 , then changing the environment to
9260 \begin_layout Itemize
9261 Here's level #4, produced using
9264 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9270 arg "depth-increment"
9274 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9279 \begin_layout Enumerate
9280 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9282 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9287 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9291 , because we are in the
9300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9319 \begin_layout Enumerate
9324 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9325 type of numbering does LyX use?
9328 \begin_layout Enumerate
9329 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9335 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9338 \begin_layout Enumerate
9342 arg "depth-decrement"
9345 to decrease the depth after the next
9348 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9355 \begin_layout Enumerate
9357 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9361 \begin_layout Enumerate
9363 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9364 numeral as the label.Why?
9367 \begin_layout Enumerate
9368 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9377 Notice, however, that LyX
9381 reset the counter for the label.
9385 \begin_layout Enumerate
9389 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9395 arg "depth-decrement"
9398 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9399 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9400 into the twofold-nested
9408 \begin_layout Enumerate
9409 The same thing happens if we do another
9412 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9418 arg "depth-decrement"
9421 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9424 \begin_layout Standard
9425 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9430 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9444 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9450 The same rule applies for the
9454 environment, as well.
9457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9458 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9461 \begin_layout Enumerate
9462 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9463 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9464 the same detail with how we did it.
9473 \begin_layout Standard
9481 arg "depth-increment"
9488 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9489 the example in parentheses someplace.
9490 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9491 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9492 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9496 \begin_layout Enumerate
9501 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9506 Now we will add verse.
9507 \begin_inset Newline newline
9510 It will get much worse.
9511 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 arg "depth-increment"
9532 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9533 \begin_inset Newline newline
9536 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9537 \begin_inset Newline newline
9543 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9556 \begin_layout Standard
9557 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9563 \begin_layout Standard
9565 \begin_inset Tabular
9566 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9567 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9658 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9668 arg "depth-increment"
9674 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9684 arg "depth-decrement"
9691 \begin_layout Enumerate
9696 : level #1) This is another item.
9697 Note that selecting a
9701 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9702 3 times to put the table inside the
9710 \begin_layout Quotation
9711 We're now ending the
9715 list and changing to
9720 We're still at level #1.
9721 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9722 The next set of paragraphs is a
9723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9730 We will nest both the
9737 \begin_inset space ~
9742 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9746 for the letter body.
9750 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9753 to preserve the depth.
9754 Remember that you need to use
9757 arg "newline-insert newline"
9760 to create multiple lines inside the
9767 \begin_inset space ~
9777 \begin_layout Right Address
9779 \begin_inset Newline newline
9782 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9789 \begin_layout Address
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9797 \begin_layout Quotation
9798 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9802 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9803 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9804 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9805 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9806 as soon as possible.
9807 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9810 \begin_layout Quotation
9811 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9812 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9813 with your order, along with payment.
9816 \begin_layout Quotation
9817 We thank you again for your patience.
9820 \begin_layout Address
9822 \begin_inset Newline newline
9829 \begin_layout Quotation
9830 That ends that example!
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9834 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9835 just a few keystrokes.
9836 We could have easily nested an
9857 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9860 \begin_layout Section
9861 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9862 \begin_inset Index idx
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9875 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9876 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9877 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9878 be broken at the end of a line.
9879 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9883 \begin_layout Subsection
9885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9887 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9892 \begin_inset Index idx
9895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9905 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9907 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9911 Further documentation is given in section
9912 \begin_inset Newline newline
9916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9918 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9927 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9942 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9951 A protected space is set with
9953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9954 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9958 \begin_inset space ~
9968 arg "space-insert protected"
9974 \begin_layout Subsection
9976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9978 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9983 \begin_inset Index idx
9986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9987 Spacing ! Horizontal
9995 \begin_layout Standard
9996 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9999 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10003 The length units are listed in Appendix
10004 \begin_inset space ~
10008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10010 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10021 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10026 \begin_inset Index idx
10029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10030 Spaces ! Inter-word
10038 \begin_layout Standard
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset space \space{}
10047 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10048 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10049 \begin_inset space ~
10053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10055 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10060 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10061 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10064 arg "space-insert normal"
10070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10074 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10079 \begin_inset Index idx
10082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 \begin_layout Standard
10093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10100 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10109 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10110 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10111 inside abbreviations:
10114 \begin_layout Quote
10116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10120 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10123 \begin_layout Standard
10124 or between values and units.
10125 Compare for example this:
10126 \begin_inset Newline newline
10130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10134 \begin_inset Newline newline
10137 10 kg (normal space
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10141 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10144 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 \begin_inset space ~
10154 arg "space-insert thin"
10160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10164 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10171 \begin_layout Standard
10172 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10175 \begin_layout Description
10177 \begin_inset space ~
10181 \begin_inset space ~
10184 space A line with a
10185 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10189 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10193 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10196 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10199 \begin_layout Description
10201 \begin_inset space ~
10205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10209 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10213 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10217 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10228 em) space between the arrows.
10231 \begin_layout Description
10233 \begin_inset space ~
10237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10241 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10245 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10249 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10253 \begin_inset space ~
10257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10260 em) space between the arrows.
10263 \begin_layout Description
10265 \begin_inset space ~
10269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10273 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10277 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10281 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10292 em) space between the arrows.
10295 \begin_layout Description
10297 \begin_inset space ~
10301 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10305 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10310 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10317 cm space between the arrows.
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10322 \begin_inset space ~
10326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10328 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10332 lists the different space sizes.
10335 \begin_layout Standard
10336 \begin_inset Float table
10341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10343 \begin_inset Caption
10345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10348 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10352 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10362 \begin_inset Tabular
10363 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10364 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10366 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10589 \begin_inset Index idx
10592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10603 in a uniform fashion.
10604 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10605 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10606 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10607 equally between themselves.
10611 \begin_layout Standard
10612 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10615 \begin_layout Quote
10617 This is on the left side
10618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10621 This is on the right
10624 \begin_layout Quote
10627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10637 \begin_layout Quote
10640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10654 \begin_layout Standard
10655 That was an example in the
10661 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10669 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10672 is one in a standard paragraph.
10673 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10677 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10680 \begin_layout Standard
10681 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10689 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10692 \begin_layout Standard
10694 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10698 \begin_inset space ~
10704 \begin_layout Standard
10706 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10710 \begin_inset space ~
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10718 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10722 \begin_inset space ~
10728 \begin_layout Standard
10730 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10734 \begin_inset space ~
10740 \begin_layout Standard
10742 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10746 \begin_inset space ~
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10754 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10758 \begin_inset space ~
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10765 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10773 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10777 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10778 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10779 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10783 option in the space dialog.
10791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10795 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10800 \begin_inset Index idx
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10813 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10819 \begin_inset space \space{}
10822 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10829 What is correct English?:
10830 \begin_inset Newline newline
10834 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 \begin_inset space ~
10841 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10842 \begin_inset Newline newline
10846 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10857 \begin_inset Newline newline
10861 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10872 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10878 \begin_layout Standard
10879 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10896 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10899 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10903 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10929 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10930 That is why it is named
10931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10940 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10944 \begin_layout Subsection
10946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10948 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10953 \begin_inset Index idx
10956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10965 \begin_layout Standard
10966 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10969 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10971 \begin_inset space ~
10977 There you find the following sizes:
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10993 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10998 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11004 \begin_inset Index idx
11007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11008 Document ! Settings
11013 for the paragraph separation.
11014 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11025 \begin_layout Standard
11031 \begin_inset Index idx
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11041 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11043 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11044 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11053 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11062 s are described in section
11063 \begin_inset space ~
11067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11069 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11078 If there are several
11082 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11083 You can therefore use
11087 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11090 \begin_layout Standard
11095 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11096 \begin_inset space ~
11100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11102 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11120 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11121 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11133 \begin_layout Subsection
11134 Paragraph Alignment
11137 \begin_layout Standard
11138 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11144 There are five possibilities:
11147 \begin_layout Itemize
11155 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11161 \begin_layout Itemize
11169 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11175 \begin_layout Itemize
11183 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11189 \begin_layout Itemize
11197 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11203 \begin_layout Itemize
11211 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11217 \begin_layout Standard
11218 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11219 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11220 the left and right margins.
11221 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11224 \begin_layout Standard
11226 This paragraph is right aligned,
11229 \begin_layout Standard
11231 this one is centered,
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11236 this one is left aligned.
11239 \begin_layout Subsection
11241 \begin_inset Index idx
11244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 Page breaks ! Forced
11251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11253 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11262 can force a page break where you want one.
11263 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11264 Only if you use a lot of
11268 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11273 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11277 have to change the page breaking.
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11283 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11286 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11288 \begin_inset space ~
11294 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11304 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11306 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11307 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11310 \begin_layout Standard
11311 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11312 at the top of a page.
11313 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11314 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11315 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11316 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11320 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11324 to learn more about
11331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11335 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11340 \begin_inset Index idx
11343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11344 Page breaks ! Clear
11352 \begin_layout Standard
11353 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11354 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11355 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11356 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11357 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11360 \begin_layout Standard
11361 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11364 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11366 \begin_inset space ~
11372 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11377 \begin_inset space ~
11381 \begin_inset space ~
11386 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11387 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11390 \begin_layout Subsection
11392 \begin_inset Index idx
11395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11404 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11412 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11414 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11417 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11419 \begin_inset space ~
11423 \begin_inset space ~
11431 arg "newline-insert newline"
11435 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11440 \begin_inset space ~
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11449 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11451 This is useful to avoid
11452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11459 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11462 \begin_layout Standard
11463 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11464 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11465 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11466 set a line break, e.
11467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11471 \begin_inset space \space{}
11474 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11475 \begin_inset space ~
11479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11481 reference "sec:Quote"
11486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11488 reference "sec:Verse"
11493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11495 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11502 \begin_layout Subsection
11504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11506 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11511 \begin_inset Index idx
11514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Standard
11525 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11536 \begin_layout Standard
11539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11540 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11542 \begin_inset space ~
11547 you can insert horizontal lines.
11548 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11549 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11550 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11555 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11566 \begin_layout Section
11567 Characters and Symbols
11570 \begin_layout Standard
11571 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11572 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11577 \begin_inset space \space{}
11580 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11588 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11592 for information on how this is done.
11595 \begin_layout Standard
11596 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11601 dialog via the menu
11603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11604 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11610 \begin_layout Standard
11611 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11619 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11620 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11621 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11629 \begin_layout Section
11630 Fonts and Text Styles
11631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11633 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11640 \begin_layout Subsection
11642 \begin_inset Index idx
11645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Standard
11655 There are two types of fonts:
11658 \begin_layout Description
11660 \begin_inset space ~
11664 \begin_inset Index idx
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11673 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11678 characters) in the font.
11679 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11680 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11681 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11682 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11683 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11684 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11685 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11686 \begin_inset Newline newline
11689 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11690 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11691 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11692 sizes than at small ones.
11693 \begin_inset Newline newline
11707 \begin_inset space ~
11715 \begin_layout Description
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11721 \begin_inset Index idx
11724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11730 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11731 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11732 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11733 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11734 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11735 picture manipulation program.
11736 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11737 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11738 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11739 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11740 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11742 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11743 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11744 \begin_inset Newline newline
11747 Bitmap fonts are named
11750 \begin_inset space ~
11755 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11758 \begin_layout Standard
11759 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11760 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11761 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11762 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11763 use scalable fonts.
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11767 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11768 its document properties.
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11773 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11774 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11775 font to emphasize text, you use an
11776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11784 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11785 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11789 \begin_layout Subsection
11791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11793 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11802 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11803 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11805 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11806 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11807 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11808 to usual word processors.
11809 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11810 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11811 across different machines.
11812 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11813 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11815 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11817 \begin_inset space ~
11821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11823 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11828 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11829 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11833 \begin_layout Standard
11834 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11835 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11836 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11837 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11838 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11839 that is installed on your system.
11840 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11843 \begin_layout Standard
11844 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11852 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11853 es; so you might have to experiment.
11861 \begin_layout Standard
11862 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11870 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11871 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11879 \begin_layout Subsection
11880 Document Font and Font size
11881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11883 name "sub:Document-Font"
11888 \begin_inset Index idx
11891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11898 \begin_inset Index idx
11901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11910 \begin_layout Standard
11911 You can set the document fonts in the
11913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11917 \begin_inset Index idx
11920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11921 Document ! Settings
11931 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11932 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11935 \begin_inset space ~
11944 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11945 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11949 \begin_layout Standard
11956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11965 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11966 This requires that you use
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12011 as output format, i.
12012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12019 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12020 \begin_inset space ~
12024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12026 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12031 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12032 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12034 \begin_inset space ~
12037 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12038 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12039 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12041 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12044 \begin_layout Standard
12045 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12050 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12055 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12056 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12063 \begin_inset space ~
12069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12082 European Computer Modern
12085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12092 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12095 \begin_layout Standard
12104 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12105 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12110 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12113 \begin_inset space ~
12118 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12124 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12125 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12128 \begin_layout Itemize
12132 \begin_inset space ~
12137 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12150 \begin_inset space ~
12155 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12159 as the default font.
12160 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12161 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12164 \begin_inset space ~
12177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12178 One difference is improved kerning.
12186 \begin_layout Itemize
12190 \begin_inset space ~
12194 \begin_inset space ~
12199 fonts in (the rare) case that
12202 \begin_inset space ~
12207 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12222 Virtual means that it
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12234 -glyphs from other fonts.
12235 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12257 Loading the LaTeX-package
12262 \begin_inset Index idx
12265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12266 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12271 with the document preamble line
12272 \begin_inset Newline newline
12279 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12280 \begin_inset Newline newline
12285 will fix the guillemet problem.
12290 and that accented characters are not
12294 glyph, but build of
12298 characters, the accent and the letter.
12299 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12305 If you search for example for the French word
12306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12322 and not for the glyph
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12327 \begin_inset space ~
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12337 \begin_layout Itemize
12338 If you do not like the look of
12346 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12351 \begin_inset space ~
12357 \begin_inset space ~
12367 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12368 \begin_inset space ~
12371 serif and typewriter fonts,
12375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12376 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12383 \begin_inset space ~
12392 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12397 \begin_inset space \space{}
12405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12409 \begin_inset space \space{}
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12423 \begin_inset space ~
12433 but you can also select your own.
12434 \begin_inset Newline newline
12437 The differences between roman,
12440 \begin_inset space ~
12449 fonts are explained in section
12450 \begin_inset space ~
12454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12456 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12461 \begin_inset Newline newline
12467 \begin_inset space ~
12472 was originally designed for newspapers.
12473 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12474 into the small newspaper columns.
12478 \begin_inset space ~
12483 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12486 \begin_layout Standard
12487 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12500 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12505 depends on the class you are using.
12506 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12509 \begin_layout Standard
12510 Note that the font size is the
12515 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12516 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12517 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12520 \begin_inset space ~
12526 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12527 \begin_inset space ~
12531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12533 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12545 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12547 \begin_inset space ~
12550 serif or typewriter.
12555 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12565 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12568 \begin_layout Standard
12577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12586 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12592 \begin_inset Index idx
12595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12596 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12602 \begin_inset space ~
12606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12608 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12613 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12614 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12621 \begin_layout Standard
12622 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12624 Use Old Style Figures
12628 Use True Small Caps
12631 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12634 Use Old Style Figures
12636 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12638 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12646 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12650 Use True Small Caps
12652 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12653 of scaled capitals.
12654 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12655 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12658 \begin_layout Standard
12663 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12664 a font to display the script characters.
12668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12669 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12674 \begin_inset Index idx
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12683 So this has no effect for the document language
12699 \begin_layout Standard
12700 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12704 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12712 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12716 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12717 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12718 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12720 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12723 dialog, see section
12724 \begin_inset space ~
12728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12730 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12742 \begin_layout Subsection
12743 Using Different Character Styles
12744 \begin_inset Index idx
12747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12754 \begin_inset Index idx
12757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12766 \begin_layout Standard
12767 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12768 certain paragraph environments.
12769 LyX supports two character styles,
12778 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12787 style, do one of the following:
12790 \begin_layout Itemize
12791 click on the toolbar button
12800 \begin_layout Itemize
12801 use the key binding
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 These commands are all toggles.
12816 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12820 One typically uses the
12824 style for proper names.
12826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12833 is the original author of LyX.
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 A more widely used character style is the
12846 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12853 \begin_layout Itemize
12854 clicking on the toolbar button
12863 \begin_layout Itemize
12864 using the keybindings
12873 \begin_layout Standard
12878 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12879 es use a different font.
12882 \begin_layout Standard
12883 We've been using the
12887 style all over the place in this document.
12888 Here's one more example:
12891 \begin_layout Quotation
12894 Don't overuse character styles!
12897 \begin_layout Standard
12898 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12899 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12900 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12901 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12914 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12916 \begin_inset space ~
12924 \begin_layout Subsection
12925 Fine-Tuning with the
12930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12932 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12937 \begin_inset Index idx
12940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12951 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12952 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12953 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12954 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12955 from ordinary dialog.
12958 \begin_layout Standard
12959 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12960 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12961 \begin_inset Newline newline
12964 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12965 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 To use custom character styles, open the
12971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12973 \begin_inset space ~
12976 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12979 dialog or press the toolbar button
12982 arg "dialog-show character"
12986 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12987 font property which you can choose.
12988 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12991 \begin_inset space ~
12996 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13001 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13002 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13003 environments in a snap.
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13007 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13010 \begin_inset space ~
13022 \begin_layout Labeling
13023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 The possible options are:
13041 \begin_layout Labeling
13042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13047 This is the Roman font family.
13048 Normally a serif font.
13049 It's also the default family.
13059 \begin_layout Labeling
13060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13064 \begin_inset space ~
13071 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13083 \begin_layout Labeling
13084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13091 This is the Typewriter font family.
13097 arg "font-typewriter"
13106 \begin_layout Labeling
13107 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13112 This corresponds to the print weight.
13117 \begin_layout Labeling
13118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13123 This is the Medium font series.
13124 It's also the default series.
13127 \begin_layout Labeling
13128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13135 This is the Bold font series.
13148 \begin_layout Labeling
13149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13154 As the name implies.
13159 \begin_layout Labeling
13160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13165 This is the Upright font shape.
13166 It's also the default shape.
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13184 s the Italic font shape
13190 \begin_layout Labeling
13191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13198 This is the Slanted font shape
13200 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13203 \begin_layout Labeling
13204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13208 \begin_inset space ~
13215 This is the Small caps font shape
13222 \begin_layout Labeling
13223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13228 Alters the size of the font.
13229 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13230 proportional to the document font size.
13231 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13232 what you want to do.
13237 \begin_layout Labeling
13238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13259 arg "font-size tiny"
13265 \begin_layout Labeling
13266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13287 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13293 \begin_layout Labeling
13294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13315 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13321 \begin_layout Labeling
13322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13343 arg "font-size small"
13349 \begin_layout Labeling
13350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13364 It's also the default size.
13368 arg "font-size normal"
13374 \begin_layout Labeling
13375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13396 arg "font-size large"
13402 \begin_layout Labeling
13403 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13424 arg "font-size larger"
13430 \begin_layout Labeling
13431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13452 arg "font-size largest"
13458 \begin_layout Labeling
13459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 arg "font-size huge"
13486 \begin_layout Labeling
13487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13508 arg "font-size giant"
13514 \begin_layout Labeling
13515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13520 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 arg "font-size increase"
13546 \begin_layout Labeling
13547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13552 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13572 arg "font-size decrease"
13579 \begin_layout Standard
13584 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13585 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13586 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13587 — use that instead.
13588 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13591 \begin_layout Labeling
13592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13597 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13602 \begin_layout Labeling
13603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13610 This is text with emphasize on
13613 This might seem like the same as
13617 , but it is actually a bit different.
13623 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13625 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13628 \begin_layout Labeling
13629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13636 This is text with Underbar on.
13642 arg "font-underline"
13648 \begin_inset Newline newline
13653 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13654 when you could not change fonts.
13655 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13656 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13660 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13663 \begin_layout Labeling
13664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13668 \begin_inset space ~
13675 This is text with Double underbar on.
13681 arg "font-underunderline"
13685 \begin_inset Newline newline
13688 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13689 about double underbar.
13692 \begin_layout Labeling
13693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13697 \begin_inset space ~
13704 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13710 arg "font-underwave"
13714 \begin_inset Newline newline
13717 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13718 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13721 \begin_layout Labeling
13722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13729 This is text with Strikeout on.
13735 arg "font-strikeout"
13739 \begin_inset Newline newline
13742 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13743 changed in the meantime.
13746 \begin_layout Labeling
13747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13754 This is text with Noun on.
13761 , this is a logical attribute.
13762 Normally it's equivalent to
13765 \begin_inset space ~
13774 \begin_layout Labeling
13775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13780 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13781 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13785 \begin_inset space ~
13790 , which is the default
13791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13798 and means normally black, you can choose between
13831 \begin_inset Index idx
13834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13843 \begin_layout Labeling
13844 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13849 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13850 the language of the document.
13851 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13853 \begin_inset Newline newline
13856 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13857 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13858 When using the spell checking (see section
13859 \begin_inset space ~
13863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13865 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13869 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13874 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13876 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13878 \begin_inset space ~
13883 dialog, the settings are saved.
13884 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13887 arg "textstyle-apply"
13891 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13896 \begin_layout Standard
13897 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13904 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13905 (suppose you just set the shape to
13906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13924 \begin_inset space ~
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13937 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13945 \begin_inset space ~
13957 \begin_layout Itemize
13963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13970 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 \begin_inset Newline newline
13992 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14006 \begin_inset Note Note
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 For more on phantoms see section
14011 \begin_inset space ~
14015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14017 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14027 \begin_inset Newline newline
14033 \begin_layout Itemize
14038 fonts use characters with serifs.
14039 These are the small
14040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14048 The following example will show the difference:
14049 \begin_inset Newline newline
14053 \begin_inset Newline newline
14058 text without serifs
14061 \begin_inset Newline newline
14064 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14065 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14072 \begin_layout Itemize
14078 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14079 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14082 \begin_layout Standard
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14091 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14092 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14094 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14095 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14096 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14113 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14114 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14131 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14166 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14175 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14179 \begin_layout Standard
14180 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14181 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14184 \begin_layout Section
14185 Printing and Previewing
14188 \begin_layout Subsection
14192 \begin_layout Standard
14193 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14194 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14195 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14196 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14197 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14199 Additional Features
14204 \begin_layout Standard
14205 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14206 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14207 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14208 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14209 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14210 This happens in two stages:
14213 \begin_layout Enumerate
14214 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14215 generating a file with the extension,
14216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14230 \begin_layout Enumerate
14231 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14235 file to produce printable output.
14239 \begin_layout Subsection
14240 Output file formats
14241 \begin_inset Index idx
14244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14253 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14261 Simple text (ASCII)
14262 \begin_inset Index idx
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14266 File formats ! ASCII
14274 \begin_layout Standard
14275 This file type has the extension
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14288 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14292 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14302 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14303 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14305 \begin_inset space ~
14312 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14313 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 \begin_inset space ~
14319 \begin_inset space ~
14325 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14331 \begin_inset Index idx
14334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14335 File formats ! LaTeX
14343 \begin_layout Standard
14344 This file type has the extension
14345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14356 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14358 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14359 it manually with console commands.
14360 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14361 you view or export your document.
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14365 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14367 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14368 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14383 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14384 \begin_inset space ~
14388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14390 reference "sub:Export"
14397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14399 \begin_inset Index idx
14402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14411 \begin_layout Standard
14412 This file type has the extension
14413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14433 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14434 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14435 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14439 \begin_layout Standard
14440 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14441 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14442 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14443 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14445 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14448 \begin_layout Standard
14449 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14451 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14452 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14457 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14458 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14460 \begin_inset space ~
14467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14477 The latter option uses the program
14486 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14487 font access (see section
14488 \begin_inset space ~
14492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14494 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14499 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14505 \begin_inset Index idx
14508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14509 File formats ! PostScript
14517 \begin_layout Standard
14518 This file type has the extension
14519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14531 PostScript was developed by the company
14535 as a printer language.
14536 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14538 PostScript can be seen as a
14539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14542 programming language
14543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14546 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14551 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14557 \begin_inset Index idx
14560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14561 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14571 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14574 \begin_layout Standard
14575 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14579 Encapsulated PostScript
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 (EPS, file extension
14584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14597 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14602 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14603 \begin_inset space ~
14606 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14607 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14608 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14609 EPS to avoid this problem.
14612 \begin_layout Standard
14613 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14615 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14616 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14624 \begin_inset Index idx
14627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14634 \begin_inset Index idx
14637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14647 This file type has the extension
14648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 Portable Document Format
14665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 was derived from PostScript.
14673 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14682 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14683 looks exactly the same.
14686 \begin_layout Standard
14687 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14691 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14695 (JPG, file extension
14696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14723 Portable Network Graphics
14724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14727 (PNG, file extension
14728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14740 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14741 in the background to one of these formats.
14742 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14743 will slow down your workflow.
14744 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14747 \begin_layout Standard
14748 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14750 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14753 in three different ways:
14756 \begin_layout Description
14757 PDF This uses the program
14761 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14762 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14766 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14767 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14770 \begin_layout Description
14772 \begin_inset space ~
14775 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14779 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14783 \begin_layout Description
14785 \begin_inset space ~
14788 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14792 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14795 \begin_layout Description
14797 \begin_inset space ~
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14811 X) This uses the program
14815 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14820 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14821 font access (see section
14822 \begin_inset space ~
14826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14828 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14833 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14834 y written Japanese.
14837 \begin_layout Description
14839 \begin_inset space ~
14846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14853 X) This uses the program
14857 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14862 is an even newer engine, derived from
14866 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14867 access (see section
14868 \begin_inset space ~
14872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14874 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14879 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14884 We recommend to use
14887 \begin_inset space ~
14896 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14897 works without problems.
14898 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14899 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14903 \begin_inset space ~
14910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14922 \begin_inset space ~
14929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14946 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14948 \begin_inset Index idx
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14952 FileFormats ! XHTML
14958 \begin_inset Index idx
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14971 This file type has the extension
14972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14984 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14985 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14986 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14987 suitable for the purpose.
14988 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14991 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14994 between different formats, that are described in section
14996 Math Output in XHTML
15001 \begin_inset space ~
15009 \begin_layout Standard
15010 XHTML output remains
15011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15018 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15021 LyX and the World Wide Web
15025 Additional Features
15027 manual, for more information.
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15031 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15033 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15034 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15040 \begin_layout Subsection
15042 \begin_inset Index idx
15045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15055 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15056 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15065 or the toolbar button
15072 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15073 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15080 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15084 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15092 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15097 Further output formats can be selected via
15099 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15102 or the toolbar button
15103 \begin_inset Graphics
15104 filename ../images/view-others.png
15106 groupId toolbarbuttons
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15114 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15115 viewer window using the menu
15117 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15122 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15123 Update (Other Formats)
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15129 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15131 To have a real output, export your document.
15134 \begin_layout Subsection
15135 Printing the File from within LyX
15136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15138 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15146 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15147 it directly from within LyX.
15148 To print a file, select the menu
15150 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15153 or click on the toolbar button
15156 arg "dialog-show print"
15160 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15161 This file is then processed by the program
15165 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15170 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15175 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15176 printing one set to print on the other side.
15177 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15178 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15179 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15183 You can set the parameters in the
15186 \begin_inset space ~
15194 \begin_layout Labeling
15195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15200 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15205 Note that this printer name is for the program
15214 has to be configured for this printer name.
15215 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15216 \begin_inset space ~
15220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15222 reference "sub:Printer"
15231 The printer should understand PostScript.
15234 \begin_layout Labeling
15235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15240 The name of a file to print to.
15241 The output will be a PostScript file.
15242 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15246 \begin_layout Section
15247 A few Words about Typography
15248 \begin_inset Index idx
15251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15260 \begin_layout Subsection
15262 \begin_inset Index idx
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15287 character comes in four lengths: the
15299 , and the minus sign:
15300 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15307 \begin_inset Tabular
15308 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15309 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15310 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15312 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15313 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15342 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15382 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15412 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15419 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15470 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15511 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15523 character multiple times in a row.
15524 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15525 the final output, but not in LyX.
15527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15558 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15559 math mode and has a length of its own.
15560 Here are some examples of the
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15575 \begin_layout Enumerate
15576 line- and page-breaks
15577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15587 \begin_layout Enumerate
15589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15599 \begin_layout Enumerate
15600 Oh — there's a dash.
15601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15611 \begin_layout Enumerate
15612 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15626 \begin_layout Subsection
15628 \begin_inset Index idx
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15640 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15647 \begin_layout Standard
15648 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15649 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15654 \begin_inset Index idx
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15658 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15663 following the rules of the document language.
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15667 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15672 font and with unusual constructs, like
15673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15681 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15683 This is done with the menu
15685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15686 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15688 \begin_inset space ~
15694 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15695 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15699 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15700 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15710 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15718 as a hyphenation possibility.
15719 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15720 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15721 as described in section
15722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15725 Prevent Hyphenation
15726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15732 \begin_inset space ~
15740 \begin_layout Subsection
15742 \begin_inset Index idx
15745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15755 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15758 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15765 \begin_layout Standard
15766 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15767 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15768 LaTeX then adds the
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15772 appropriate amount of space
15773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15777 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15779 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15783 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15784 not work in all cases.
15786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15797 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15798 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15801 \begin_layout Standard
15802 Here are some examples of
15806 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15809 \begin_layout Itemize
15814 \begin_layout Itemize
15819 \begin_layout Standard
15820 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15823 \begin_layout Itemize
15825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15829 this is too much space!
15832 \begin_layout Itemize
15837 \begin_layout Standard
15838 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15845 \begin_layout Enumerate
15849 \begin_inset space ~
15854 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15855 \begin_inset space ~
15859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15861 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15866 \begin_inset Index idx
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 Spaces ! inter-word
15878 \begin_layout Enumerate
15882 \begin_inset space ~
15887 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15888 \begin_inset space ~
15892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15894 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15899 \begin_inset Index idx
15902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15911 \begin_layout Enumerate
15915 \begin_inset space ~
15919 \begin_inset space ~
15923 \begin_inset space ~
15930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15932 \begin_inset space ~
15937 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15938 This function is also bound to
15941 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15948 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15951 \begin_layout Itemize
15953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15957 \begin_inset space \space{}
15960 this is too much space!
15963 \begin_layout Itemize
15964 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15968 \begin_layout Standard
15969 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15970 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15971 will take care of this.
15974 \begin_layout Standard
15975 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15979 \begin_inset space ~
15984 feature described in section
15990 Additional Features
15995 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15997 \begin_inset Index idx
16000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16001 Typography ! Quotes
16007 \begin_inset Index idx
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 \begin_layout Standard
16042 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16043 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16044 and use a closing quote at the end.
16046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16054 The keyboard character,
16058 , generates this automatically.
16061 \begin_layout Standard
16062 You can specify what character the
16066 key produces using the submenu
16072 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16076 \begin_inset Index idx
16079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16080 Document ! Settings
16090 There are six choices:
16093 \begin_layout Labeling
16094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16106 Use quotes like this
16107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16117 \begin_layout Labeling
16118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16121 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16125 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16131 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16135 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16141 \begin_layout Labeling
16142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16145 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16149 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16155 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16159 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16165 \begin_layout Labeling
16166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16169 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16173 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16179 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16183 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16189 \begin_layout Labeling
16190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16193 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16197 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16203 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16207 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16213 \begin_layout Labeling
16214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16217 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16221 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16227 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16231 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16237 \begin_layout Subsection
16239 \begin_inset Index idx
16242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 Typography ! Ligatures
16249 \begin_inset Index idx
16252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16283 name "sub:Ligatures"
16290 \begin_layout Standard
16291 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16292 print them as single characters.
16293 These groups are known as
16298 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16300 Here are the standard ligatures:
16303 \begin_layout Itemize
16307 \begin_layout Itemize
16311 \begin_layout Itemize
16315 \begin_layout Itemize
16319 \begin_layout Itemize
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16324 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16328 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16329 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16337 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16353 To break a ligature, use
16355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16356 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16358 \begin_inset space ~
16365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16376 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16393 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16401 \begin_layout Subsection
16403 \begin_inset Index idx
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16415 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16422 \begin_layout Standard
16423 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16424 characters in different sizes and heights.
16425 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16426 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16446 \begin_inset Note Note
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16458 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16459 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16464 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16468 \begin_layout Description
16469 LyX The name of the game, write
16470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16491 \begin_layout Description
16492 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16514 \begin_layout Description
16515 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16537 \begin_layout Description
16538 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16561 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16566 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16574 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16575 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16576 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16579 : The actual version is
16580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16587 , the previous one was
16588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16598 \begin_layout Standard
16599 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16604 \begin_inset space \space{}
16607 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16609 This will look in LyX like:
16610 \begin_inset Graphics
16611 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16617 \begin_inset Newline newline
16620 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16621 \begin_inset space ~
16625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16627 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16634 \begin_layout Subsection
16636 \begin_inset Index idx
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16649 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16650 space between two words.
16651 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16661 for units use the menu
16663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16664 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16666 \begin_inset space ~
16674 arg "space-insert thin"
16680 \begin_layout Standard
16681 Here is an example to show the differences:
16684 \begin_layout Standard
16685 \begin_inset Tabular
16686 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16687 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16688 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16689 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 \begin_inset space ~
16700 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 space between number and unit
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16728 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 half space between number and unit
16753 \begin_layout Subsection
16755 \begin_inset Index idx
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16768 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16770 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16771 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16772 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16773 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16774 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16775 These bits of text became known as
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16787 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16788 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16789 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16790 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16791 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16792 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16793 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16797 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16798 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16799 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16800 \begin_inset space ~
16804 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16806 key "latexcompanion"
16811 \begin_inset space ~
16815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16821 ) may have more information.
16822 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16825 \begin_layout Chapter
16826 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16829 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16836 \begin_layout Standard
16837 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16840 \begin_inset space ~
16846 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16849 \begin_layout Section
16851 \begin_inset Index idx
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16870 \begin_layout Standard
16871 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16874 \begin_layout Description
16876 \begin_inset space ~
16879 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16880 \begin_inset Newline newline
16884 \begin_inset Note Note
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16888 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16896 \begin_layout Description
16897 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16898 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16900 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16901 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16903 \begin_inset space ~
16909 \begin_inset Newline newline
16913 \begin_inset Note Comment
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16925 \begin_layout Description
16927 \begin_inset space ~
16930 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16931 set in the document settings under
16933 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16935 \begin_inset space ~
16941 \begin_inset Newline newline
16945 \begin_inset Newline newline
16949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16959 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16964 of a comment that appears in the output.
16970 \begin_inset Newline newline
16974 \begin_inset Newline newline
16977 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16978 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16981 \begin_layout Standard
16982 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16994 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16997 \begin_layout Section
16999 \begin_inset Index idx
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17011 name "sec:Footnotes"
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17019 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17025 or the toolbar button
17028 arg "footnote-insert"
17040 \begin_inset Graphics
17041 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17050 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17079 label, the box will
17083 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17084 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17097 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17113 \begin_layout Standard
17114 Here is an example footnote:
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17131 \begin_layout Standard
17132 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17133 position where the footnote box is placed.
17134 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17135 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17136 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17138 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17139 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17144 ey are described in the
17147 \begin_inset space ~
17155 \begin_layout Section
17157 \begin_inset Index idx
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17169 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17176 \begin_layout Standard
17177 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17178 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17182 \begin_inset space ~
17187 or the toolbar button
17190 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17216 appearing within your text.
17217 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17226 \begin_layout Standard
17227 At the side is an example marginal note.
17231 \begin_inset Marginal
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 This is a marginal note.
17243 \begin_layout Standard
17244 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17245 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17246 pages, right on odd pages.
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17250 For further information about marginal notes see section
17253 \begin_inset space ~
17261 \begin_inset space ~
17269 \begin_layout Section
17270 Graphics and Images
17271 \begin_inset Index idx
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 \begin_inset Index idx
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17293 name "sec:Graphics"
17300 \begin_layout Standard
17301 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17302 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17305 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17314 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17318 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17323 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17324 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17326 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17327 \begin_inset space ~
17331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17333 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17345 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17346 of the image in the output.
17347 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17351 \begin_inset space ~
17355 \begin_inset space ~
17364 \begin_inset space ~
17368 \begin_inset space ~
17372 \begin_inset space ~
17377 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17378 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17386 \begin_layout Standard
17389 LaTeX and LyX options
17391 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17392 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17396 \begin_inset space ~
17401 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17402 with the image size is printed.
17406 \begin_inset space ~
17410 \begin_inset space ~
17414 \begin_inset space ~
17419 is explained in the
17422 \begin_inset space ~
17434 \begin_layout Standard
17435 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17436 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17438 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17444 \begin_inset Graphics
17445 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17453 \begin_layout Standard
17454 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17455 the image into a float, see section
17456 \begin_inset space ~
17460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17462 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17469 \begin_layout Subsection
17471 \begin_inset Index idx
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17483 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17490 \begin_layout Standard
17491 You can insert images in any known file format.
17492 But as we explained in section
17493 \begin_inset space ~
17497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17499 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17503 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17504 LyX uses therefore the program
17508 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17509 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17510 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17511 \begin_inset space ~
17515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17517 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17524 \begin_layout Standard
17525 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17528 \begin_layout Description
17530 \begin_inset space ~
17533 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17534 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17535 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17539 Graphics Interchange Format
17540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17543 (GIF, file extension
17544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17556 \begin_inset Index idx
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17591 Portable Network Graphics
17592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17595 (PNG, file extension
17596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17608 \begin_inset Index idx
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17643 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17647 (JPG, file extension
17648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17672 \begin_inset Index idx
17675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 \begin_layout Description
17708 \begin_inset space ~
17711 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17713 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17714 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17715 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17716 \begin_inset Newline newline
17719 Scalable image formats can be
17720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17723 Scalable Vector Graphics
17724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17727 (SVG, file extension
17728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17740 \begin_inset Index idx
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17775 Encapsulated PostScript
17776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17779 (EPS, file extension
17780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17792 \begin_inset Index idx
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17827 Portable Document Format
17828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17831 (PDF, file extension
17832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17844 \begin_inset Index idx
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17855 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17856 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17871 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17875 \begin_layout Subsection
17876 Grouping of Image Settings
17877 \begin_inset Index idx
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 Images ! Settings grouping
17889 \begin_layout Standard
17890 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17892 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17893 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17895 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17896 need to manually change each of them.
17900 \begin_layout Standard
17901 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17904 \begin_inset space ~
17909 field in the Graphics dialog.
17910 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17911 by checking the name of the desired group.
17914 \begin_layout Section
17916 \begin_inset Index idx
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17935 \begin_layout Standard
17936 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17939 arg "tabular-insert"
17944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17948 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17949 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17950 from the rest of the table.
17951 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17952 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17954 Here is an example table:
17957 \begin_layout Standard
17959 \begin_inset Tabular
17960 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17961 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 \begin_layout Subsection
18169 \begin_layout Standard
18170 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18171 brings up the table dialog.
18172 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18173 where the cursor is placed currently.
18174 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18175 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18176 done on all of your selection.
18179 \begin_layout Standard
18180 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18183 \begin_inset space ~
18188 helps you in setting table properties.
18189 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18192 \begin_layout Standard
18196 \begin_inset space ~
18201 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18202 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18203 current cell respectively.
18204 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18206 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18207 of text, see section
18208 \begin_inset space ~
18212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18214 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18222 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18223 using the check box
18232 This will merge the cells to
18236 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18237 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18238 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18239 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18240 in the last row without the upper border:
18243 \begin_layout Standard
18245 \begin_inset Tabular
18246 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18247 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18248 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18249 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 \begin_layout Standard
18383 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18384 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18385 explained in the tables section of the
18388 \begin_inset space ~
18394 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18398 degrees counterclockwise.
18399 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18402 \begin_layout Standard
18403 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 Most DVI-viewers are
18415 able to display rotations.
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18428 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18433 adds lines for all cell borders.
18436 \begin_layout Subsection
18438 \begin_inset Index idx
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 Tables ! Longtables
18448 \begin_inset Index idx
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18461 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18464 \begin_inset space ~
18468 \begin_inset space ~
18477 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18478 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18481 \begin_layout Description
18486 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18487 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18488 except for the first page, if
18491 \begin_inset space ~
18499 \begin_layout Description
18503 \begin_inset space ~
18508 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18509 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18512 \begin_layout Description
18517 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18518 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18519 except for the last page, if
18522 \begin_inset space ~
18530 \begin_layout Description
18534 \begin_inset space ~
18539 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18540 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18543 \begin_layout Description
18544 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18545 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18551 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18554 \begin_inset space ~
18562 \begin_layout Standard
18563 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18564 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18565 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18566 The others will then be defined as
18571 In this context, first means first in this order:
18574 \begin_inset space ~
18586 \begin_inset space ~
18592 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18595 \begin_layout Standard
18597 \begin_inset Tabular
18598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18599 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18600 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18601 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18602 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18603 <row endfirsthead="true">
18604 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18615 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <row endfirsthead="true">
18635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <row endhead="true">
18668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <row endhead="true">
18699 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <row endfoot="true">
18732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20713 <row endlastfoot="true">
20714 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 \begin_layout Subsection
20753 \begin_inset Index idx
20756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20765 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20773 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20774 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20775 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20776 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20780 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20781 for the cell's paragraph.
20784 \begin_layout Standard
20785 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20786 for the column in the table dialog.
20787 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20788 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20794 \begin_inset Tabular
20795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20796 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20798 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20819 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 This is longer now.
20949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21001 This is longer now.
21006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21032 \begin_layout Standard
21033 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21034 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21039 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21040 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21046 Selection with the mouse or with
21050 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21051 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21052 the selection from outside the table.
21055 \begin_layout Section
21057 \begin_inset Index idx
21060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21076 \begin_layout Subsection
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21082 have a fixed location.
21084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21091 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21099 \begin_inset space ~
21104 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21105 too many notes on the page.
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21110 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21111 and pages without text.
21112 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21113 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21114 Floats are therefore numbered.
21115 Referencing is described in section
21116 \begin_inset space ~
21120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21122 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21129 \begin_layout Standard
21130 To insert a float, use the menu
21132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21136 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21137 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21139 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21140 \begin_inset Index idx
21143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21149 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21150 paragraph within the float.
21151 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21152 by left-clicking on the box label.
21153 A closed float box looks like this:
21154 \begin_inset Graphics
21155 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21160 – a gray button with a red label.
21163 \begin_layout Standard
21164 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21165 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21168 \begin_layout Subsection
21172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21176 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21181 \begin_inset Index idx
21184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 Floats ! Figure floats
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21195 \begin_inset space ~
21199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21201 reference "cap:Platypus"
21205 was created using the menu
21207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21208 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21211 or the toolbar button
21214 arg "float-insert figure"
21218 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21224 or the toolbar button
21227 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21231 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21232 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21236 \begin_inset space ~
21241 or the toolbar button
21244 arg "layout-paragraph"
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21251 \begin_inset Float figure
21256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21258 \begin_inset Graphics
21259 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21269 \begin_inset Caption
21271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21274 name "cap:Platypus"
21278 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21291 \begin_layout Standard
21292 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21294 As described in section
21295 \begin_inset space ~
21299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21301 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21305 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21310 or the toolbar button
21316 and refer to it using the menu
21318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21321 or the toolbar button
21324 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21328 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21337 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21349 \begin_layout Standard
21350 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21351 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21352 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21353 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21354 as described in section
21355 \begin_inset space ~
21359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21361 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21367 \begin_inset space ~
21371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21373 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21377 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21378 You can also set the images one below the other.
21380 \begin_inset space ~
21384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21386 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21393 reference "fig:Platypus"
21397 are the subfigures.
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 \begin_inset Float figure
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21407 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21411 \begin_inset Float figure
21416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21417 \begin_inset Caption
21419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21422 name "fig:Undefinable"
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset Graphics
21436 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21451 \begin_inset Float figure
21456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21457 \begin_inset Caption
21459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21462 name "fig:Platypus"
21474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21475 \begin_inset Graphics
21476 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21488 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21495 \begin_inset Caption
21497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21500 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21504 Two distorted images.
21517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21519 \begin_inset Index idx
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 Floats ! Table floats
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21535 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21538 or the toolbar botton
21541 arg "float-insert table"
21545 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21548 \begin_inset space ~
21552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21554 reference "tab:Table-float"
21561 \begin_layout Standard
21562 \begin_inset Float table
21567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21568 \begin_inset Caption
21570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21573 name "tab:Table-float"
21585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21587 \begin_inset Tabular
21588 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21589 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21719 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21743 \end{array}\right]$
21751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21785 \begin_layout Subsection
21787 \begin_inset Index idx
21790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21801 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21802 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21804 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21812 \begin_inset space ~
21820 \begin_layout Section
21822 \begin_inset Index idx
21825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21834 name "sec:Minipages"
21841 \begin_layout Standard
21842 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21844 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21845 \begin_inset space ~
21852 \begin_layout Standard
21853 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21859 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21860 and its alignment within the page.
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21865 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21875 height_special "totalheight"
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21881 This is a minipage.
21882 The text is set in an italic style.
21885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21889 another formatting.
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21898 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21901 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21905 as described in section
21906 \begin_inset space ~
21910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21912 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21917 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21923 \begin_layout Standard
21924 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21934 height_special "totalheight"
21937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21939 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21945 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21949 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21959 height_special "totalheight"
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21963 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21964 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21972 \begin_layout Standard
21973 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21979 \begin_layout Standard
21980 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21981 to other box types.
21982 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21989 \begin_inset space ~
21997 \begin_layout Chapter
21998 Mathematical Formulas
21999 \begin_inset Index idx
22002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 \begin_inset Index idx
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22043 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22050 \begin_layout Standard
22051 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22056 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22059 \begin_layout Section
22061 \begin_inset Index idx
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 \begin_layout Standard
22074 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22081 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22083 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22084 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22085 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22093 \begin_layout Standard
22094 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22098 \begin_inset space ~
22103 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22106 \begin_layout Standard
22107 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22108 line, like this one:
22111 \begin_layout Standard
22112 This is a line with an inline formula
22113 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22119 \begin_layout Standard
22120 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22122 \begin_inset Formula
22129 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22132 \begin_layout Standard
22133 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22139 \begin_inset space \space{}
22143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22156 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22157 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22161 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22164 \begin_inset space ~
22172 \begin_layout Subsection
22173 Navigating in Formulas
22174 \begin_inset Index idx
22177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22186 \begin_layout Standard
22187 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22188 achieved with the arrow keys.
22189 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22190 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22195 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22196 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22200 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22204 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22207 \end{array}\right]$
22215 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22220 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22221 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22229 , printed in this document as
22230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22251 \begin_inset Note Note
22254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22255 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22256 space character (visible space).
22261 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22262 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22263 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22268 For example, if you want
22269 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22323 , since in the latter case only the
22326 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22331 will be under the square root sign:
22332 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22338 \begin_layout Standard
22339 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22341 \begin_inset Formula
22343 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22352 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22353 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22356 \begin_layout Subsection
22360 \begin_layout Standard
22361 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22362 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22366 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22367 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22368 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22369 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22370 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22373 \begin_layout Subsection
22374 Exponents and Subscripts
22375 \begin_inset Index idx
22378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 \begin_inset Index idx
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 \begin_layout Standard
22398 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22399 way is to use a command.
22401 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22404 , type in a formula
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22432 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22436 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22466 , you have to use an extra
22470 to separate the hat and the character.
22472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22476 \begin_inset space \space{}
22480 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22501 Subscripts are similar: To get
22502 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 \begin_layout Subsection
22527 \begin_inset Index idx
22530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22539 \begin_layout Standard
22540 Create a fraction with either the command
22547 \begin_inset Graphics
22548 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22556 \begin_inset space ~
22562 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22563 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22564 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22569 To move back up, press
22574 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22575 \begin_inset Formula
22577 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22580 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22588 \begin_layout Subsection
22590 \begin_inset Index idx
22593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22603 Roots can be created using the
22606 \begin_inset space ~
22612 \begin_inset Graphics
22613 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22615 groupId toolbarbuttons
22638 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22644 produces always a square root.
22647 \begin_layout Subsection
22648 Operators with Limits
22649 \begin_inset Index idx
22652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 \begin_inset Index idx
22662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22671 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22680 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22684 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22687 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22688 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22689 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22690 The sum operator will automatically place its
22691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22698 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22701 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22705 \begin_inset Formula
22707 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22712 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22716 \begin_layout Standard
22717 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22719 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22720 behind the operator and hitting
22728 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22729 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22731 \begin_inset space ~
22735 \begin_inset space ~
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22744 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22752 feature as addition, such as
22753 \begin_inset Index idx
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22763 \begin_inset Formula
22765 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22770 which will place the
22771 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22783 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22784 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22798 Have a look at section
22799 \begin_inset space ~
22803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22805 reference "sub:Functions"
22809 for an explanation of function macros.
22812 \begin_layout Subsection
22814 \begin_inset Index idx
22817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 Most math symbols can be found in the
22830 \begin_inset space ~
22835 under one of several categories; including
22852 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22858 you don't have to use the
22861 \begin_inset space ~
22866 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22867 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22870 \begin_layout Subsection
22872 \begin_inset Index idx
22875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22884 \begin_layout Standard
22885 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22890 arg "space-insert protected"
22896 \begin_inset space ~
22902 \begin_inset Graphics
22903 filename ../images/math/space.png
22905 groupId toolbarbuttons
22910 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22911 For example, the sequence
22916 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22920 \begin_inset Graphics
22921 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22926 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22927 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22928 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22929 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22931 Here are two examples:
22934 \begin_layout Standard
22944 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22950 \begin_layout Standard
22960 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22966 \begin_layout Subsection
22968 \begin_inset Index idx
22971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22980 name "sub:Functions"
22987 \begin_layout Standard
22991 \begin_inset space ~
22996 contains under the button
22997 \begin_inset Graphics
22998 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23000 groupId toolbarbuttons
23004 a number of function macros, such as
23005 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23009 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23017 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23024 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23025 avoid confusions, because
23026 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23030 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23037 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23039 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23043 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23049 \begin_layout Standard
23050 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23051 s are placed, as described in section
23052 \begin_inset space ~
23056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23058 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23065 \begin_layout Subsection
23067 \begin_inset Index idx
23070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23079 \begin_layout Standard
23080 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23082 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23083 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23088 \begin_inset space \space{}
23092 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23095 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23096 Our example is entered by typing
23104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23123 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23127 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23130 \begin_layout Standard
23131 \begin_inset Float table
23136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23137 \begin_inset Caption
23139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23142 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23146 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 \begin_inset Tabular
23157 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23158 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23245 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23299 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23353 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23515 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23569 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23677 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23722 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23743 \begin_layout Standard
23744 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23747 \begin_inset space ~
23753 \begin_inset Graphics
23754 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23756 groupId toolbarbuttons
23760 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23764 \begin_layout Section
23765 Brackets and Delimiters
23766 \begin_inset Index idx
23769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23776 \begin_inset Index idx
23779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23788 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23795 \begin_layout Standard
23796 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23797 For most purposes, using just the keys
23802 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23803 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23804 toolbar delimiter icon
23807 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23811 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23813 \begin_inset Formula
23815 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23823 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23824 \begin_inset Formula
23826 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23834 \begin_layout Standard
23835 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23836 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23841 left side and right side.
23842 If you use the option
23845 \begin_inset space ~
23850 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23851 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23852 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23853 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23858 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23859 inside the brackets.
23860 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23865 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23868 \begin_layout Section
23869 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23870 \begin_inset Index idx
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23880 \begin_inset Index idx
23883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23890 \begin_inset Index idx
23893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23894 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23902 \begin_layout Standard
23903 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23906 \begin_inset space ~
23912 \begin_inset Graphics
23913 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23915 groupId toolbarbuttons
23920 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23921 Here is an example:
23922 \begin_inset Formula
23924 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23933 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23934 \begin_inset space ~
23938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23940 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23945 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23946 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23947 This alignment is set in the box
23952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24000 for every column as default.
24001 For example, the sequence
24002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24013 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24014 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24015 corresponds to the relevant column.
24016 The result will look like this:
24017 \begin_inset Formula
24020 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24021 column & has & has\, right\\
24022 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24031 \begin_layout Standard
24032 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24035 arg "newline-insert newline"
24038 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24039 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24044 or the math toolbar.
24047 \begin_layout Standard
24048 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24049 It can be created with the menu
24051 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24052 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24054 \begin_inset space ~
24066 Here is an example:
24067 \begin_inset Formula
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24085 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24088 arg "newline-insert newline"
24092 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24097 arg "newline-insert newline"
24100 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24108 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24109 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24110 A new row is created by every further hit of
24113 arg "newline-insert newline"
24117 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24118 Here is an example:
24119 \begin_inset Formula
24121 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24122 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24127 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24128 where you want to start the shift and hit
24133 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24134 position to the next column.
24135 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24136 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24137 \begin_inset Formula
24139 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24147 \begin_layout Standard
24148 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24155 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24156 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24159 reference "eq:asquared"
24164 The other types are described in section
24165 \begin_inset space ~
24169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24171 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24178 \begin_layout Section
24179 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24180 \begin_inset Index idx
24183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24184 Math ! Formula numbering
24190 \begin_inset Index idx
24193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24194 Math ! Referencing formulas
24200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24202 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24209 \begin_layout Standard
24210 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24212 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24213 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24215 \begin_inset space ~
24223 arg "math-number-toggle"
24227 The formula number appears in LyX as
24228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24235 within parentheses.
24237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24244 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24246 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24247 the document class.
24248 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24249 separated by a dot:
24250 \begin_inset Formula
24260 arg "math-number-toggle"
24263 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24264 You can only number displayed formulas.
24267 \begin_layout Standard
24268 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24270 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24271 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24273 \begin_inset space ~
24277 \begin_inset space ~
24281 \begin_inset space ~
24289 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24292 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24293 \begin_inset Formula
24296 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24302 To number all lines use the shortcut
24305 arg "math-number-toggle"
24311 \begin_layout Standard
24312 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24315 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24316 A label is inserted with the menu
24318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24321 when the cursor is in the formula.
24322 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24323 It is recommended to use the proposed
24324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24335 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24336 type when you have many labels in your document.
24337 We inserted in the following example the label
24338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24345 in the second line:
24346 \begin_inset Formula
24348 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24349 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24354 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24355 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24365 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24369 \begin_inset space ~
24375 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24376 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross reference box and in the output
24377 as the formula number:
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24384 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24393 \begin_inset space ~
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24399 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24404 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24410 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24415 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24423 \begin_layout Section
24424 User defined math macros
24425 \begin_inset Index idx
24428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24437 \begin_layout Standard
24438 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24439 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24440 Math macros are explained in section
24443 \begin_inset space ~
24455 \begin_layout Section
24459 \begin_layout Subsection
24461 \begin_inset Index idx
24464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24475 To set a font in a formula, use the
24478 \begin_inset space ~
24484 \begin_inset Graphics
24485 filename ../images/math/font.png
24487 groupId toolbarbuttons
24491 , or enter its command, listed in table
24492 \begin_inset space ~
24496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24498 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24505 \begin_layout Standard
24506 \begin_inset Float table
24511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24512 \begin_inset Caption
24514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24517 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24521 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24531 \begin_inset Tabular
24532 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24533 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24567 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24594 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24621 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24654 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24681 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24708 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24742 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24769 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24812 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24828 \begin_layout Standard
24829 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24830 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24835 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24836 space when you need a space in the box.
24837 Here an example where
24838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24849 denotes the set of numbers:
24850 \begin_inset Formula
24852 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24860 \begin_layout Standard
24861 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24867 \begin_inset space \space{}
24879 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24883 \begin_inset Newline newline
24886 So it is better not to use this feature.
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24891 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24895 \begin_inset Newline newline
24898 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24904 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24905 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24918 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24921 \begin_layout Standard
24922 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24924 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24925 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24927 \begin_inset space ~
24935 \begin_layout Subsection
24937 \begin_inset Index idx
24940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24950 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24952 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24960 \begin_inset space ~
24968 \begin_inset space ~
24974 \begin_inset Graphics
24975 filename ../images/math/font.png
24977 groupId toolbarbuttons
24988 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24989 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24990 Here is an example:
24991 \begin_inset Formula
24994 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24995 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25004 \begin_layout Subsection
25006 \begin_inset Index idx
25009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25019 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25020 automatically chosen in most situations.
25038 For most characters,
25046 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25047 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25052 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25053 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25055 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25056 \begin_inset Graphics
25057 filename ../images/math/style.png
25059 groupId toolbarbuttons
25064 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25065 For example, you can set
25066 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25069 , which is normally in
25078 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25082 The four styles are used in the following example:
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25086 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25090 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25094 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25098 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25104 \begin_layout Standard
25105 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25106 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25108 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25110 \begin_inset space ~
25115 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25116 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25117 will be adjusted to correspond.
25118 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25133 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25139 \begin_layout Section
25143 \begin_layout Standard
25144 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25145 the document classes and into layout modules.
25146 \begin_inset Index idx
25149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25155 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25156 other than the AMS classes.
25158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25160 reference "sub:Modules"
25164 for more on layout modules.
25167 \begin_layout Section
25169 \begin_inset Index idx
25172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25179 \begin_inset Index idx
25182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25193 (AMS) that are in common use.
25196 \begin_layout Subsection
25197 Enabling AMS-Support
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 Selecting the checkbox
25204 \begin_inset space ~
25208 \begin_inset space ~
25212 \begin_inset space ~
25219 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25223 \begin_inset Index idx
25226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25227 Document ! Settings
25235 \begin_inset space ~
25240 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25242 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25243 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25246 \begin_layout Subsection
25248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25250 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25255 \begin_inset Index idx
25258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25259 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25268 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25269 LyX allows you to choose between
25290 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25293 \begin_layout Chapter
25297 \begin_layout Section
25299 \begin_inset Index idx
25302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25311 name "sec:Cross-References"
25318 \begin_layout Standard
25319 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25320 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25322 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25323 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25324 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25327 \begin_layout Enumerate
25331 \begin_layout Enumerate
25332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25334 name "enu:Second-item"
25341 \begin_layout Enumerate
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25351 or by pressing the toolbar button
25358 A gray label box like this:
25359 \begin_inset Graphics
25360 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25365 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25366 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25401 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25406 \begin_inset space \space{}
25409 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25430 or the toolbar button
25433 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25437 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25438 \begin_inset Graphics
25439 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25444 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25446 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25459 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25469 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25474 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25475 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25491 \begin_inset space ~
25495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25497 reference "enu:Second-item"
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25505 It is recommended to use a protected space
25509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25510 described in section
25511 \begin_inset space ~
25515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25517 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25526 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25527 line breaks between them.
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 There are six formats of cross-references:
25534 \begin_layout Description
25535 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25538 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25545 \begin_layout Description
25546 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25547 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25559 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25566 \begin_layout Description
25567 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25568 \begin_inset space ~
25572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25573 LatexCommand pageref
25574 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25581 \begin_layout Description
25583 \begin_inset space ~
25587 \begin_inset space ~
25590 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25592 LatexCommand vpageref
25593 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25600 \begin_layout Description
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25606 \begin_inset space ~
25610 \begin_inset space ~
25613 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25616 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25623 \begin_layout Description
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25628 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25629 \begin_inset Newline newline
25633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25641 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25650 \begin_inset Index idx
25653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25654 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25660 \begin_inset Index idx
25663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25664 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25675 \begin_inset Newline newline
25678 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25681 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25686 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25694 is the default and preferred because
25698 supports only English documents.
25699 The format is specified by using the command
25711 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25712 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25725 ) can be done with this command
25726 \begin_inset Newline newline
25733 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25738 \begin_inset Newline newline
25741 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25743 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25745 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25752 \begin_layout Description
25754 \begin_inset space ~
25757 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25759 LatexCommand nameref
25760 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25772 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25779 \begin_inset space \space{}
25783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25797 <reference> on page <page>
25799 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25803 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25804 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25805 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25809 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 You can only use the style
25818 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25822 is always possible.
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25826 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25827 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25829 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25830 \begin_inset space ~
25834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25836 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25848 \begin_inset space ~
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25857 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25858 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25861 \begin_inset space ~
25866 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25867 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25870 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25877 You can change labels at any time.
25878 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25879 do not need to take care about this.
25882 \begin_layout Standard
25883 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25884 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 References are described in detail in sec.
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25903 \begin_inset space ~
25911 \begin_layout Section
25912 Table of Contents and other Listings
25913 \begin_inset Index idx
25916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25923 \begin_inset Index idx
25926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25942 \begin_layout Subsection
25944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25946 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25954 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25957 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25959 \begin_inset space ~
25963 \begin_inset space ~
25969 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25970 If you click on it, the
25974 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25975 sections in your documents.
25976 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25981 that is described in sec.
25982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25988 reference "sec:Navigating"
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25996 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25997 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25999 \begin_inset space ~
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26005 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26009 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26011 \begin_inset space ~
26015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26017 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26021 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26023 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26026 \begin_layout Subsection
26027 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26030 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26039 You can insert them via the
26041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26043 \begin_inset space ~
26047 \begin_inset space ~
26053 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26056 \begin_layout Section
26057 URLs and Hyperlinks
26058 \begin_inset Index idx
26061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26068 \begin_inset Index idx
26071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26080 \begin_layout Subsection
26082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26101 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26102 \begin_inset Flex URL
26105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26122 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26126 \begin_layout Standard
26127 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26135 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26143 \begin_layout Subsection
26145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26147 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26160 or with the toolbar button
26167 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26176 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26177 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26178 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26180 name "LyX's homepage"
26181 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26185 , an Email address like this:
26186 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26188 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26189 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26194 , or a link to a file.
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26211 to the link target.
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26215 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26216 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26217 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26218 the text style dialog.
26219 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26223 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26225 name "LyX's homepage"
26226 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26233 \begin_layout Standard
26234 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26238 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26241 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26245 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26247 \begin_inset Newline newline
26255 \begin_inset Newline newline
26262 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26265 \begin_layout Section
26267 \begin_inset Index idx
26270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26279 name "sec:Appendices"
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26287 Appendices are created with the menu
26289 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26291 \begin_inset space ~
26295 \begin_inset space ~
26301 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26302 as the appendix region.
26303 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26307 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26308 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26309 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26310 and the subsection number.
26311 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26315 \begin_layout Standard
26317 \begin_inset space ~
26321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26323 reference "cha:Credits"
26328 \begin_inset space ~
26332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26334 reference "sub:Export"
26341 \begin_layout Section
26343 \begin_inset Index idx
26346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26355 name "sec:Bibliography"
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26364 You can include a bibliography database,
26368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26369 Known under the name
26370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26382 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26383 manually, using the paragraph environment
26387 , which was described in section
26388 \begin_inset space ~
26392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26394 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26399 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26400 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26404 use a bibliography database.
26407 \begin_layout Subsection
26408 The Bibliography Environment
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26416 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26418 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26427 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26429 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26438 , a short form of its title, as key.
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26442 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26447 or the toolbar button
26450 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26454 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26455 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26456 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26457 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26462 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26463 entry with surrounding brackets.
26468 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26469 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26484 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26487 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26489 key "latexcompanion"
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26507 \begin_layout Subsection
26508 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26509 \begin_inset Index idx
26512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26513 Bibliography ! Databases
26519 \begin_inset Index idx
26522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26523 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26531 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26539 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26545 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26547 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26548 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26553 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26555 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26556 your working field in a database.
26557 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26558 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26560 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26565 The database is a text file with the file extension
26566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26577 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26578 The format is explained in
26579 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26585 and in LaTeX books (
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26588 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26593 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26594 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26595 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26596 \begin_inset Flex URL
26599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26601 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26609 \begin_layout Standard
26610 To use a database, use the menu
26612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26617 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26630 \begin_inset space ~
26636 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26637 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26640 Add bibliography to TOC
26642 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26647 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26648 in the document or just the cited references.
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26652 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26664 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26665 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26666 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26668 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26674 For information how this is done, have a look at
26675 \begin_inset Newline newline
26679 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26681 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26697 \begin_layout Standard
26698 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26699 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26700 either in the document settings under
26704 or in LyX's preferences under
26706 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26721 The following variants are possible:
26724 \begin_layout Description
26725 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26726 other bibliography packages (like e.
26727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26731 \begin_inset space ~
26738 ), only with the package
26742 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26746 \begin_layout Description
26747 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26748 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26749 with all bibliography packages, except of
26754 \begin_layout Description
26755 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26760 , works with all bibliography packages
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26764 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26766 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26782 When you select the option
26784 Sectioned bibliography
26788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26791 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26792 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26794 Customizing Bibliographies
26802 Additional Features
26807 \begin_layout Standard
26808 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26809 the two methods of creating them.
26810 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26811 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26812 We used the style file
26816 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26819 \begin_layout Subsection
26820 Bibliography layout
26821 \begin_inset Index idx
26824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26825 Bibliography ! Layout
26833 \begin_layout Standard
26834 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26835 For this feature you need to enable the option
26841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26845 \begin_inset Index idx
26848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26849 Document ! Settings
26859 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26860 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26861 in the previous section.
26864 \begin_layout Standard
26865 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26866 in the citation reference window.
26867 Here an example where we set the text
26868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26872 \begin_inset space ~
26876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26879 to appear after the reference:
26882 \begin_layout Standard
26884 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26887 key "latexcompanion"
26894 \begin_layout Section
26896 \begin_inset Index idx
26899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26916 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26920 \begin_inset space ~
26925 or the toolbar button
26933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26944 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26945 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26946 by LyX as the index entry.
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26950 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26951 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26953 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26955 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26962 \begin_layout Standard
26963 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26967 \begin_inset space ~
26971 \begin_inset space ~
26974 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26976 \begin_inset space ~
26982 A light blue box labeled
26983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26994 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26995 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26998 \begin_layout Subsection
26999 Grouping Index Entries
27000 \begin_inset Index idx
27003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27015 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27016 lists under the entry
27017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27025 First we create the entry
27026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27034 \begin_inset space ~
27038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27040 reference "sub:Lists"
27045 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27046 \begin_inset space ~
27050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27052 reference "sec:Itemize"
27056 , we insert the command
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27069 \begin_layout Standard
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 for the enumerated list in section
27077 \begin_inset space ~
27081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27083 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 The exclamation mark
27092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 marks the grouping levels.
27100 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27101 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27102 If we don't have an index entry for
27103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27110 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27113 \begin_layout Subsection
27115 \begin_inset Index idx
27118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27119 Index ! Page ranges
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27128 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27130 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27136 \begin_inset space \space{}
27139 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27141 \begin_inset space ~
27145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27147 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27157 Paragraph environments|(
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27161 and another entry at the end of section
27162 \begin_inset space ~
27166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27168 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27178 Paragraph environments|)
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27206 respectively start and end the index range.
27207 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27208 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27209 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27210 An example is the index entry
27211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27214 Document ! Settings
27215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27221 \begin_layout Subsection
27223 \begin_inset Index idx
27226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27227 Index ! Cross referencing
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27236 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27237 We referred for example in the index entry
27238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 \begin_inset space ~
27250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27252 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27256 ) to the index entry
27257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27264 in the same section using the entry
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27270 GIF|see{Image formats}
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27275 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27276 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27279 \begin_layout Subsection
27281 \begin_inset Index idx
27284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27285 Index ! Entry order
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27294 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27295 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27296 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27301 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27303 \begin_inset space ~
27307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27309 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27318 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27319 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27344 \begin_inset Index idx
27347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27348 Dummy entries ! maïs
27354 \begin_inset Index idx
27357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27358 Dummy entries ! maître
27364 \begin_inset Index idx
27367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27368 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27373 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27374 order maïs, maison, maître.
27375 To achieve this, we use the command
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27381 previous entry@current entry
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27385 In our case we want to have
27386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27401 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27404 \begin_layout Standard
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27411 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27412 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27417 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27429 to generate the index (see sec.
27430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27436 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27445 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27453 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27457 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27458 index commands start with
27459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27471 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27476 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27479 \begin_layout Standard
27491 \begin_layout Standard
27503 \begin_layout Subsection
27505 \begin_inset Index idx
27508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 Index ! Entry layout
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27518 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27519 \begin_inset Index idx
27522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27525 This is an italic dummy entry
27530 You can also format the page number using the character
27531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27538 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27539 We can write for example
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27545 italic page number:|textit
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27549 to get the page number in italic.
27550 \begin_inset Index idx
27553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27554 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27559 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27577 \begin_inset space ~
27583 Have a look at section
27584 \begin_inset space ~
27588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27590 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27594 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27606 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27610 to generate the index, see sec.
27611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27617 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27626 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27627 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27629 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27632 key "latexcompanion"
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27647 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27648 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27649 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27650 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27651 If so, put the following in the preamble
27654 \begin_layout Standard
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27677 in the index entry.
27678 \begin_inset Index idx
27681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27682 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27687 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27688 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27689 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27693 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27699 \begin_inset space \space{}
27702 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27703 for all index entries.
27704 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27716 documentation for details,
27717 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27719 key "makeindex,xindy"
27726 \begin_layout Subsection
27728 \begin_inset Index idx
27731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27740 name "sub:Index-Program"
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 If the index entry program
27752 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27756 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27765 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27766 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27767 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27768 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27769 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27779 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27780 dialog, see section
27781 \begin_inset space ~
27785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27787 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27792 The available options are listed and explained in
27793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27795 key "makeindex,xindy"
27800 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27805 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27806 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27810 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27814 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27815 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27818 \begin_layout Subsection
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27823 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27824 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27832 next to the standard index.
27833 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27834 packages that add this feature.
27840 \begin_inset Index idx
27843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27844 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27849 package to generate multiple indexes.
27850 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27851 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27852 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27859 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27860 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27861 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27865 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27868 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27875 Use multiple Indexes
27876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27880 Note that the list of
27881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27888 below already contains the standard index.
27889 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27890 also appear as a heading) to the
27891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27898 input field and press the
27899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27907 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27908 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27909 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27913 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27919 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27920 indexes in the LyX work area.
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27924 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27933 \begin_inset space ~
27942 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27943 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27944 are some additional features:
27947 \begin_layout Itemize
27948 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27949 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27952 \begin_layout Itemize
27953 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27954 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27963 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27968 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27969 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27970 to the non-subindexes.
27973 \begin_layout Section
27974 Nomenclature / Glossary
27975 \begin_inset Index idx
27978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27985 \begin_inset Index idx
27988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28019 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28026 \begin_layout Standard
28027 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28028 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28038 \begin_inset Index idx
28041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28042 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28048 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28049 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28055 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28058 \begin_layout Standard
28059 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28060 and then use the menu
28062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28068 \begin_inset space ~
28073 or the toolbar button
28076 arg "nomencl-insert"
28081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28092 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28095 \begin_layout Standard
28096 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28097 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28098 The second is the description of the symbol.
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28110 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28118 \begin_layout Subsection
28119 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28120 \begin_inset Index idx
28123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28124 Nomenclature ! Layout
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28137 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28143 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28151 \begin_inset Newline newline
28159 \begin_inset Newline newline
28165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28172 character starts/ends the formula.
28173 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28185 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28197 \begin_inset space ~
28201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28203 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28214 \begin_inset space ~
28219 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28220 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28225 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28232 in this document is:
28233 \begin_inset Newline newline
28238 dummy entry for the character
28243 \begin_inset Newline newline
28255 \begin_inset space ~
28265 font use the command
28294 \begin_layout Subsection
28295 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28296 \begin_inset Index idx
28299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28300 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28309 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28310 the symbol definition.
28311 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28312 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28315 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28316 LatexCommand nomenclature
28318 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28325 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28329 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28330 LatexCommand nomenclature
28333 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28338 They will be sorted by
28339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28365 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28368 will be sorted before the
28372 since the character
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28380 is considered in sorting.
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28384 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28387 \begin_inset space ~
28392 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28393 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28395 For the example given, you can insert
28399 in this field for the
28400 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28407 will be located before
28408 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28415 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28420 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28429 \begin_layout Subsection
28430 Nomenclature Options
28431 \begin_inset Index idx
28434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 Nomenclature ! Options
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28448 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28449 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28452 \begin_layout Description
28453 refeq Appends the phrase
28454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28469 to every nomenclature entry, where
28475 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28478 \begin_layout Description
28479 refpage Appends the phrase
28480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28495 to every nomenclature entry, where
28501 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28504 \begin_layout Description
28505 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28509 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28510 class options list in the
28512 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28516 In this document the options
28523 \begin_layout Standard
28524 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28531 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28532 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28537 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28540 \begin_layout Description
28550 \begin_layout Description
28553 nomrefpage Like the
28560 \begin_layout Description
28563 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28572 \begin_layout Description
28576 \begin_inset space ~
28582 \begin_inset space ~
28587 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28599 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28600 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28611 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28614 \begin_inset Newline newline
28621 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28626 \begin_inset Newline newline
28630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28645 by their translation.
28648 \begin_layout Subsection
28649 Printing the Nomenclature
28650 \begin_inset Index idx
28653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28654 Nomenclature ! Printing
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28667 \begin_inset space ~
28671 \begin_inset space ~
28674 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28690 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28691 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28692 You can choose between these settings:
28695 \begin_layout Description
28696 Default a space of 1
28697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28703 \begin_layout Description
28705 \begin_inset space ~
28709 \begin_inset space ~
28712 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28715 \begin_layout Description
28716 Custom custom space
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28729 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28737 For example, in order to change the name to
28741 , add the following line to the preamble:
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28752 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28755 \begin_layout Subsection
28756 Nomenclature Program
28757 \begin_inset Index idx
28760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28761 Nomenclature ! Program
28767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28769 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 LyX uses the program
28781 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28782 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28787 by adding options, see section
28788 \begin_inset space ~
28792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28794 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28799 The available options are listed and explained in
28800 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28802 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28809 \begin_layout Section
28811 \begin_inset Index idx
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 \begin_inset Index idx
28824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28825 Document ! Branches
28831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28833 name "sec:Branches"
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28842 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28843 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28844 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28847 \begin_layout Standard
28848 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28849 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28850 To create a branch, either select the menu
28852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28853 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28856 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28865 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28866 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28867 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28868 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28869 (see below for an example).
28870 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28871 to the name of the other) and to add
28872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28884 \begin_inset space ~
28887 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28888 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28892 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28893 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28898 where you can choose a branch.
28899 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28904 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28905 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28909 \begin_inset Branch Question
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28913 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28921 \begin_layout Standard
28922 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28926 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28942 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28945 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28946 Consider for example a file
28947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28954 which has the above branches.
28956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28963 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28987 branch were inactive,
28988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29003 branch was active, likewise
29004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29019 branch was active, and
29020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29023 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 if both branches were active.
29028 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29040 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29041 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29043 For example you can define for the question branch
29047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29048 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29049 \begin_inset space ~
29053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29055 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29067 \begin_layout Standard
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29088 and for the answer branch
29091 \begin_layout Standard
29101 \begin_layout Standard
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 \begin_inset Branch Question
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29183 \begin_layout Standard
29184 Now it is possible to use the commands
29188 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29195 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29198 to obtain conditional output.
29199 Here is an example formula where only the
29206 \begin_inset Formula
29208 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29217 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29225 \begin_layout Section
29227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29229 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29234 \begin_inset Index idx
29237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29246 \begin_layout Standard
29251 dialog allows you in the
29255 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29256 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29261 \begin_inset Index idx
29264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29265 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29278 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29279 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29280 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29282 You can specify in the dialog tab
29286 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29288 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29289 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29293 \begin_layout Standard
29298 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29299 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29300 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29302 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29303 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29305 \begin_inset space ~
29308 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29309 \begin_inset space ~
29312 1 will only display the sections.
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29316 The header information in the dialog tab
29320 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29321 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29326 \begin_inset space \space{}
29329 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29330 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29333 Automatic fill header
29335 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29336 title and author settings.
29339 \begin_layout Standard
29342 Load in fullscreen mode
29344 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29348 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29349 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29355 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29365 \begin_layout Section
29366 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29369 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29376 \begin_layout Subsection
29378 \begin_inset Index idx
29381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29390 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29397 \begin_layout Standard
29398 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29399 constructs, but not all.
29400 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29401 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29402 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29403 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29404 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29408 \begin_layout Standard
29409 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29411 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29415 \begin_inset space ~
29420 or by the toolbar button
29427 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29431 \begin_layout Standard
29432 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29433 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29434 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29435 using the LaTeX-command
29441 , you can write the command part
29447 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29451 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29452 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29453 the following example:
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29457 \begin_inset Graphics
29458 filename clipart/ERT.png
29466 \begin_layout Standard
29470 \begin_layout Standard
29471 This is a line with a
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29498 \begin_layout Standard
29499 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29507 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29508 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29516 \begin_layout Subsection
29517 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29518 \begin_inset Argument
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 \begin_inset Index idx
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29540 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29547 \begin_layout Standard
29548 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29549 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29550 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29559 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29560 any time if you know the right commands.
29562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29566 \begin_inset space \space{}
29569 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29571 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29572 all caption labels bold.
29573 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29575 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29579 \begin_layout Standard
29580 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29581 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29582 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29593 \begin_layout Standard
29594 As result you know that the package
29599 \begin_inset Index idx
29602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29609 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29622 usepackage[options]{package name}
29625 \begin_layout Standard
29626 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29627 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29628 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29632 In your case the package name is
29637 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29642 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29643 So you add the command
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29651 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29654 \begin_layout Standard
29655 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 For more commands provided by the
29664 package, have a look at its documentation,
29665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29682 For example if you use a
29686 class, you don't need the package
29690 , you can instead write
29693 \begin_layout Standard
29698 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29703 \begin_layout Standard
29704 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29705 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29706 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29713 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29717 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29718 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29720 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29721 the previous section.
29724 \begin_layout Standard
29725 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29727 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29729 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29737 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29743 \begin_layout Standard
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29757 \begin_inset Note Note
29760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29769 \begin_layout Left Header
29770 \begin_inset Argument
29773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29793 \begin_inset Note Note
29796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29797 defines the header line as described below
29805 \begin_layout Center Header
29806 \begin_inset Argument
29809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29818 \begin_layout Right Header
29819 \begin_inset Argument
29822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 \begin_layout Left Footer
29844 \begin_inset Argument
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 \begin_layout Center Footer
29869 \begin_inset Argument
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 \begin_inset Newline newline
29887 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29893 \begin_layout Right Footer
29894 \begin_inset Argument
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 \begin_layout Section
29920 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29923 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29928 \begin_inset Index idx
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 Document ! Header/Footer line
29938 \begin_inset Index idx
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 \begin_layout Standard
29951 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29952 to set the headings style to
29958 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29964 \begin_inset space ~
29970 As second step add in the menu
29972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29973 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29980 Custom Header/Footerlines
29981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29985 This module offers the 6
29986 \begin_inset space ~
29992 \begin_layout Description
29994 \begin_inset space ~
29998 \begin_inset space ~
30002 \begin_inset space ~
30006 \begin_inset space ~
30010 \begin_inset space ~
30016 \begin_layout Description
30018 \begin_inset space ~
30022 \begin_inset space ~
30026 \begin_inset space ~
30030 \begin_inset space ~
30034 \begin_inset space ~
30040 \begin_layout Standard
30041 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30044 \begin_layout Standard
30045 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30046 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30048 \begin_inset space ~
30052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30054 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30058 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30061 \begin_layout Standard
30062 \begin_inset Float figure
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 \begin_inset Tabular
30072 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30073 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30074 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30075 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30076 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30078 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30140 The normal text on the page goes here.
30141 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30143 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30144 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30149 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 \begin_inset Caption
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30239 name "fig:Page-layout"
30243 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30256 \begin_layout Subsection
30260 \begin_layout Standard
30261 To define your header line, add all 3
30262 \begin_inset space ~
30266 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30267 the optional arguments on even pages.
30268 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30270 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30271 Defining the footer line works similar.
30274 \begin_layout Standard
30275 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30291 \begin_inset space ~
30299 \begin_layout Description
30302 thepage prints the current page number
30305 \begin_layout Description
30308 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30311 \begin_layout Description
30314 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30317 \begin_layout Description
30320 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30321 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30328 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30331 because it usually goes in a left header.
30334 \begin_layout Description
30337 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30338 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30340 It is normally used in the right header.
30343 \begin_layout Subsection
30344 Default header/footer
30347 \begin_layout Standard
30348 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30349 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30350 footer has the page number.
30351 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30352 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30353 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30356 \begin_inset space ~
30364 \begin_layout Subsection
30368 \begin_layout Standard
30369 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30370 Some pages are different.
30371 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30372 a new part or chapter in your book.
30373 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30374 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30375 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30378 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30379 Header and footer decoration line
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30383 By default, you get a 0.4
30384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30387 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30388 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30400 in the following scheme:
30403 \begin_layout Standard
30410 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30413 \begin_layout Standard
30414 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30423 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30430 \begin_layout Standard
30431 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30432 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30433 \begin_inset space ~
30437 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30447 Several header/footer lines
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30451 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30452 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30453 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30455 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30467 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30470 \begin_layout Standard
30477 headheight}{height}
30480 \begin_layout Standard
30481 Where height is a size in standard units.
30482 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30483 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30484 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 and look via the button
30503 \begin_inset space ~
30508 if you find a warning of the package
30513 \begin_inset Index idx
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30517 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30523 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30524 for your header/footer.
30527 \begin_layout Subsection
30531 \begin_layout Standard
30532 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30533 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30534 This example consists of the following definition:
30537 \begin_layout Description
30539 \begin_inset space ~
30548 , empty optional argument
30551 \begin_layout Description
30553 \begin_inset space ~
30556 Header empty, empty optional argument
30559 \begin_layout Description
30561 \begin_inset space ~
30570 in the optional argument
30573 \begin_layout Description
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30584 in the optional argument
30587 \begin_layout Description
30589 \begin_inset space ~
30601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30605 \begin_inset Newline newline
30609 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30616 in the optional argument
30619 \begin_layout Description
30621 \begin_inset space ~
30630 , empty optional argument
30633 \begin_layout Description
30636 headrulewidth set to 2
30637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30643 \begin_layout Standard
30644 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30646 For more special things like e.
30647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30651 \begin_inset space ~
30654 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30659 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30668 \begin_layout Standard
30669 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30675 \begin_layout Standard
30679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 pagestyle{headings}
30689 \begin_inset Note Note
30692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 switches back to page style with the default headings
30701 \begin_layout Section
30702 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30705 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30710 \begin_inset Index idx
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 \begin_inset Index idx
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30733 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30734 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30735 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30738 \begin_layout Subsection
30742 \begin_layout Standard
30743 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30748 \begin_inset Index idx
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30757 (on some systems named simply
30762 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30770 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30771 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30779 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package is
30780 automatically installed together with LyX.
30783 \begin_layout Subsection
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30788 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30789 LaTeX, activate the option
30792 \begin_inset space ~
30799 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30805 \begin_inset space ~
30809 \begin_inset space ~
30812 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30819 \begin_inset space ~
30832 \begin_inset space ~
30837 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30840 \begin_layout Standard
30841 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30855 generated by activating the option
30858 \begin_inset space ~
30864 Reopening the documents assures to get previews.
30872 \begin_layout Subsection
30873 Selected document parts
30876 \begin_layout Standard
30877 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30878 fox example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30879 which are not yet supported by LyX.
30880 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30886 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30887 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30888 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30891 \begin_layout Standard
30892 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30898 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 is explained in section
30911 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30916 \begin_inset space ~
30926 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30927 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30929 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30931 Here is the result:
30934 \begin_layout Standard
30935 \begin_inset Preview
30937 \begin_layout Standard
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
30952 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
30962 height_special "totalheight"
30965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
30996 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 \begin_layout Standard
31019 Previewing works also for colors.
31020 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 is explained in section
31045 \begin_inset space ~
31058 \begin_layout Standard
31059 \begin_inset Preview
31061 \begin_layout Standard
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31089 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 \begin_layout Standard
31109 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31115 \begin_layout Standard
31116 If LyX does not show a preview, assure that you enabled previews as described
31117 above and also assure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that
31118 you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31120 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31121 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31122 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31123 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31127 \begin_layout Subsection
31131 \begin_layout Standard
31132 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31135 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31137 \begin_inset space ~
31142 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31143 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31145 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31146 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31147 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31148 the source view window.
31151 \begin_layout Section
31152 Advanced Find and Replace
31153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31155 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31160 \begin_inset Index idx
31163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 \begin_inset Index idx
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 \begin_layout Subsection
31186 \begin_layout Standard
31187 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31188 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31189 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31190 The key-features are:
31193 \begin_layout Itemize
31194 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31195 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31196 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31200 \begin_layout Itemize
31201 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31202 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31203 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31204 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31207 \begin_layout Itemize
31208 Search may be widened to a specific
31213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31217 \begin_inset space ~
31220 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31221 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31228 \begin_layout Itemize
31229 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31230 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31235 \begin_inset space ~
31238 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31241 \begin_layout Subsection
31245 \begin_layout Standard
31246 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31249 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31262 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31265 ) or the toolbar button
31268 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31274 Advanced Find and Replace
31279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31283 \begin_layout Standard
31288 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31293 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31298 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31299 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31300 Pressing repeatedly
31304 keeps searching forward.
31305 Similarly, pressing
31309 searches for the entered text backwards.
31312 \begin_layout Standard
31313 While searching, the
31317 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31327 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31331 Searching for mathematics
31334 \begin_layout Standard
31335 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31339 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31340 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31343 or also something more complex like
31344 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31348 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31349 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31350 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31351 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31361 \begin_layout Standard
31362 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31363 This is done by switching to the
31367 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31372 This way, entering in the
31379 \begin_layout Itemize
31380 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31381 in emphasized or boldface.
31384 \begin_layout Itemize
31385 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31386 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31387 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31388 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31391 \begin_layout Itemize
31392 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31393 of if only within section headings.
31394 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31395 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31399 \begin_layout Itemize
31400 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31401 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31408 \begin_layout Standard
31409 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31413 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31421 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31425 button or alternatively
31447 \begin_layout Standard
31448 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31449 text segments in your document.
31450 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31454 \begin_layout Itemize
31455 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31456 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31464 with its typewriter version
31467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31477 \begin_layout Itemize
31478 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31484 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31496 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31503 (you may want to enable the
31511 options and disable the
31519 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31527 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31528 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31532 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31535 , or occurrences of
31536 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31540 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31546 \begin_layout Subsection
31550 \begin_layout Standard
31551 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31558 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31560 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31569 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31575 This is done via the menu
31577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31578 Insert Regular Expression
31580 while the cursor is in the
31585 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31586 expression matching rules
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31597 \begin_inset space ~
31600 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31601 to match expressions.
31606 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31607 same text in the document.
31608 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31609 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31612 \begin_layout Enumerate
31613 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31618 editor the fraction
31619 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31623 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31626 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31627 fractions with the given denominator.
31630 \begin_layout Enumerate
31631 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31643 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31648 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31649 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31651 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31654 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31655 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31658 \begin_layout Standard
31659 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31660 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31661 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31664 , and referring back to them through
31665 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31669 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31673 For example, try searching for the regexp
31674 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31677 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31680 \begin_layout Standard
31681 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31682 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31683 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31688 \begin_inset space ~
31692 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31695 always refers to the first occurrence of
31696 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31699 in all entered regexps.
31702 \begin_layout Standard
31703 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31707 \begin_layout Section
31709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31711 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31716 \begin_inset Index idx
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 \begin_layout Standard
31729 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31732 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31739 or the toolbar button
31742 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31745 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31746 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31747 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31748 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31749 scrolled so that it is visible.
31750 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31751 n, if any could be found.
31752 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31756 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31757 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31760 \begin_layout Standard
31761 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31764 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31768 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31769 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31770 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31771 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31772 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31773 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31776 \begin_layout Subsection
31780 \begin_layout Standard
31781 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31784 \begin_inset space ~
31787 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31790 you can set the following things:
31793 \begin_layout Description
31795 \begin_inset space ~
31798 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31799 Depending on your platform,
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31815 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31830 \begin_layout Description
31832 \begin_inset space ~
31835 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31836 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31839 \begin_layout Description
31841 \begin_inset space ~
31844 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31850 \begin_inset space \space{}
31854 This should normally not be needed.
31857 \begin_layout Description
31859 \begin_inset space ~
31863 \begin_inset space ~
31866 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31878 \begin_layout Description
31880 \begin_inset space ~
31883 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31884 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31885 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31886 in the context menu.
31887 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31891 \begin_layout Description
31893 \begin_inset space ~
31897 \begin_inset space ~
31901 \begin_inset space ~
31904 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31908 \begin_layout Section
31910 \begin_inset Index idx
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31922 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31929 \begin_layout Standard
31930 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31931 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31941 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31943 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31952 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31953 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31954 are available for many languages.
31957 \begin_layout Standard
31958 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31962 \begin_layout Subsection
31963 Setting up the thesaurus
31966 \begin_layout Standard
31974 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31979 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31984 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31990 en_EN for English).
31991 For instance, the English files are named:
31994 \begin_layout Itemize
31998 \begin_layout Itemize
32002 \begin_layout Standard
32003 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32004 already on your system.
32005 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32006 \begin_inset Flex URL
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32017 \begin_inset Flex URL
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32033 \begin_inset space ~
32037 \begin_inset Flex URL
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32047 are usually packed in extension archives (
32051 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32053 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32054 unpack a zip archive.
32067 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32068 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32070 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32071 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32075 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32078 \begin_layout Subsection
32079 Using the thesaurus
32082 \begin_layout Standard
32083 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32085 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32088 or the toolbar button
32091 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32094 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32096 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32098 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32099 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32100 and hyponyms (such as
32108 ), compounds (such as
32112 ) and antonyms (such as
32120 ), which are marked as such.
32123 \begin_layout Standard
32124 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32125 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32129 \begin_layout Standard
32130 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32131 the dictionary, such as the above
32135 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32140 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32141 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32142 For example looking up the word forms
32150 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32155 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32168 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32169 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32170 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32173 \begin_layout Section
32175 \begin_inset Index idx
32178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 \begin_inset Index idx
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 Document ! Change Tracking
32195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32197 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32204 \begin_layout Standard
32205 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32206 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32207 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32208 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32212 \begin_inset space ~
32215 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32217 \begin_inset space ~
32225 \begin_layout Standard
32226 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32240 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32241 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32244 \begin_inset space ~
32248 \begin_inset space ~
32258 \begin_inset Index idx
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 Color ! Change tracking
32267 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32268 the cursor is in changed text.
32269 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32272 arg "changes-merge"
32278 \begin_layout Standard
32279 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32280 \begin_inset Index idx
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 \begin_layout Standard
32293 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32299 \begin_layout Standard
32300 \begin_inset Graphics
32301 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32309 \begin_layout Standard
32310 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32316 \begin_layout Standard
32317 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32321 \begin_layout Standard
32322 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32328 \begin_layout Standard
32329 \begin_inset Tabular
32330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32331 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32332 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32333 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 arg "changes-track"
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32359 \begin_inset space ~
32362 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32364 \begin_inset space ~
32373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 arg "changes-output"
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32398 \begin_inset space ~
32401 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32403 \begin_inset space ~
32407 \begin_inset space ~
32411 \begin_inset space ~
32420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 Jumps to the next change
32447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 arg "change-accept"
32464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32472 \begin_inset space ~
32475 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32477 \begin_inset space ~
32486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 arg "change-reject"
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32511 \begin_inset space ~
32514 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32516 \begin_inset space ~
32525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 arg "changes-merge"
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32550 \begin_inset space ~
32553 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32555 \begin_inset space ~
32564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 arg "all-changes-accept"
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32589 \begin_inset space ~
32592 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32594 \begin_inset space ~
32598 \begin_inset space ~
32607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 arg "all-changes-reject"
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32632 \begin_inset space ~
32635 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32637 \begin_inset space ~
32641 \begin_inset space ~
32650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32674 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32676 \begin_inset space ~
32685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32710 \begin_inset space ~
32726 \begin_layout Standard
32727 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32733 \begin_layout Standard
32734 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32735 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32736 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32737 the next change after the current cursor position.
32738 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32739 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32740 step to the next change.
32741 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32744 \begin_layout Standard
32745 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32746 to describe a change.
32749 \begin_layout Standard
32750 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32755 \begin_inset Index idx
32758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32759 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32765 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32766 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32772 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32775 \begin_layout Section
32776 Comparison of Documents
32777 \begin_inset Index idx
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 Comparison of documents
32789 \begin_layout Standard
32790 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32792 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32796 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32798 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32801 \begin_inset space ~
32805 \begin_inset space ~
32809 \begin_inset space ~
32814 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32819 \begin_inset space ~
32823 \begin_inset space ~
32827 \begin_inset space ~
32831 \begin_inset space ~
32835 \begin_inset space ~
32839 \begin_inset space ~
32844 enables the change tracking option
32847 \begin_inset space ~
32851 \begin_inset space ~
32855 \begin_inset space ~
32860 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32863 \begin_layout Section
32864 International Support
32865 \begin_inset Index idx
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32869 International support
32877 \begin_layout Standard
32878 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32879 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32880 how to set up LyX to use them:
32881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32883 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32890 \begin_layout Standard
32891 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32892 \begin_inset space ~
32896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32898 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32905 \begin_layout Subsection
32907 \begin_inset Index idx
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 \begin_inset Index idx
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32921 Document ! Settings
32927 \begin_inset Index idx
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 Document ! Language
32939 \begin_layout Standard
32942 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32945 dialog lets you set
32947 the language and character encoding for your language.
32951 \begin_layout Standard
32952 Choose your language in the
32956 section of this dialog.
32964 \begin_layout Standard
32969 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32974 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32975 For details about the different encoding options see section
32976 \begin_inset space ~
32980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32982 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32989 \begin_layout Subsection
32990 Keyboard mapping configuration
32991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32993 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33000 \begin_layout Standard
33001 If you have for example a U.
33002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33005 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33006 can use an alternate keymap.
33007 For example, if you have a U.
33008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33011 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33012 use an Italian keymap.
33013 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33015 \begin_inset space ~
33019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33021 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33026 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33027 which one you want to use.
33030 \begin_layout Standard
33031 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33032 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33033 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33034 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33035 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33036 one to support the characters you want.
33037 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33044 \begin_layout Subsection
33048 \begin_layout Standard
33050 \begin_inset space ~
33054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33056 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33065 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33069 \begin_layout Standard
33070 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33071 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33079 \begin_layout Itemize
33080 Even if you have selected
33086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33089 dialog, users who have only the
33093 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33097 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33098 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33099 french quotes will not show up.
33102 \begin_layout Standard
33103 \begin_inset Float table
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 \begin_inset Caption
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33114 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 \begin_inset Tabular
33133 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33134 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 \begin_layout Standard
37565 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37567 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37568 also the characters from
37580 \begin_layout Itemize
37589 \begin_layout Standard
37590 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37597 \begin_layout Standard
37598 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37605 \begin_layout Standard
37606 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37613 \begin_layout Standard
37614 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37621 \begin_layout Standard
37623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37629 \begin_layout Standard
37631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37637 \begin_layout Standard
37639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37646 \begin_layout Itemize
37659 \begin_layout Standard
37661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37667 \begin_layout Standard
37669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37675 \begin_layout Standard
37677 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37683 \begin_layout Standard
37685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37691 \begin_layout Standard
37693 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37699 \begin_layout Standard
37701 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37708 \begin_layout Standard
37709 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37710 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37711 Also make sure you're using the
37718 \begin_layout Chapter
37721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37723 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37730 \begin_layout Standard
37731 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37732 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37733 topic inside the user's guide.
37736 \begin_layout Section
37738 \begin_inset Index idx
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 \begin_layout Standard
37755 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37758 \begin_layout Subsection
37762 \begin_layout Standard
37763 Creates a new document.
37766 \begin_layout Subsection
37770 \begin_layout Standard
37771 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37772 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37773 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37776 \begin_layout Subsection
37780 \begin_layout Standard
37784 \begin_layout Subsection
37788 \begin_layout Standard
37789 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37790 Click there on a file to open it.
37793 \begin_layout Subsection
37797 \begin_layout Standard
37798 Closes the current document.
37801 \begin_layout Subsection
37805 \begin_layout Standard
37806 Closes all opened documents.
37809 \begin_layout Subsection
37813 \begin_layout Standard
37814 Saves the actual document.
37817 \begin_layout Subsection
37821 \begin_layout Standard
37822 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37825 \begin_layout Subsection
37829 \begin_layout Standard
37830 Saves all opened documents.
37833 \begin_layout Subsection
37837 \begin_layout Standard
37838 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37841 \begin_layout Subsection
37845 \begin_layout Standard
37846 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37847 It is described in the section
37849 Version Control in LyX
37853 Additional Features
37858 \begin_layout Subsection
37862 \begin_layout Standard
37863 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37864 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37866 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 When using the menu entry
37873 \begin_inset space ~
37878 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37882 \begin_inset space ~
37886 \begin_inset space ~
37891 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37892 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37895 \begin_layout Subsection
37897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37906 \begin_layout Standard
37907 You can export your document to various file formats.
37908 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37909 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37910 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37913 \begin_layout Standard
37914 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37916 \begin_inset space ~
37920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37922 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37929 \begin_layout Description
37935 \begin_inset space ~
37942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37949 yX format of the special LyX
37950 \begin_inset space ~
37953 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37954 \begin_inset Newline newline
37957 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37960 \begin_layout Description
37961 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37967 \begin_layout Description
37969 \begin_inset space ~
37972 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37978 \begin_layout Description
37979 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37980 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37981 files paths or file names in your document.
37982 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37989 \begin_layout Description
37990 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37991 paths or file names
37994 \begin_layout Description
37996 \begin_inset space ~
38003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 eX) DVI-format using the program
38014 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38017 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38025 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38033 \begin_layout Description
38035 \begin_inset space ~
38038 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38042 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38047 \begin_layout Description
38048 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38052 \begin_layout Description
38054 \begin_inset space ~
38058 \begin_inset space ~
38061 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38065 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38073 \begin_layout Description
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 \begin_inset space ~
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38117 \begin_layout Description
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 \begin_inset space ~
38137 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38138 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38142 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38145 \begin_layout Description
38152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 \begin_inset space ~
38165 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38166 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38174 \begin_layout Description
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 \begin_inset space ~
38200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38213 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38218 \begin_layout Description
38220 \begin_inset space ~
38224 \begin_inset space ~
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38243 music notation software
38248 \begin_layout Description
38255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38265 \begin_inset space ~
38269 \begin_inset space ~
38272 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38273 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38277 \begin_layout Description
38284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38297 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38313 represent the version number)
38316 \begin_layout Description
38323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38332 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38335 \begin_layout Description
38336 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38341 \begin_layout Description
38342 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38355 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38359 \begin_layout Description
38363 \begin_inset space ~
38368 PDF-format using the program
38372 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38375 \begin_layout Description
38379 \begin_inset space ~
38386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 PDF-format using the program
38399 , produces PDF-files directly
38402 \begin_layout Description
38406 \begin_inset space ~
38411 PDF-format using the program
38415 , produces PDF-files directly
38418 \begin_layout Description
38422 \begin_inset space ~
38427 PDF-format using the program
38431 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38434 \begin_layout Description
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38454 PDF-format using the program
38458 , produces PDF-files directly
38461 \begin_layout Description
38465 \begin_inset space ~
38473 \begin_layout Description
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38481 \begin_inset space ~
38486 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38487 and then exported as text using the program
38492 \begin_layout Description
38497 PostScript format using the program
38502 \begin_layout Description
38503 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38504 programming language
38517 it is possible to use
38524 \begin_layout Standard
38525 If one of the menu entries
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38541 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38542 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38543 \begin_inset space ~
38547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38549 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38554 \begin_inset Index idx
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 Reconfiguration of LyX
38566 \begin_layout Subsection
38570 \begin_layout Standard
38571 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38572 format or send it to a printer.
38573 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38574 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38580 For more information have a look at section
38581 \begin_inset space ~
38585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38587 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38594 \begin_layout Subsection
38598 \begin_layout Standard
38599 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38600 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38601 prefix, see section
38602 \begin_inset space ~
38606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38608 reference "sec:Paths"
38613 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38622 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38623 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38624 \begin_inset space ~
38628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38630 reference "sub:Converters"
38637 \begin_layout Subsection
38638 New and Close Window
38641 \begin_layout Standard
38642 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38645 \begin_layout Subsection
38649 \begin_layout Standard
38650 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38653 \begin_layout Section
38655 \begin_inset Index idx
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38667 \begin_layout Subsection
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38672 Described in section
38673 \begin_inset space ~
38677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38679 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38686 \begin_layout Subsection
38687 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 Described in section
38692 \begin_inset space ~
38696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38698 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38705 \begin_layout Subsection
38709 \begin_layout Standard
38710 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38711 Is the cursor outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38714 \begin_layout Subsection
38718 \begin_layout Standard
38719 Selects the whole document.
38722 \begin_layout Subsection
38723 Find & Replace (Quick)
38726 \begin_layout Standard
38727 Described in section
38728 \begin_inset space ~
38732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38734 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38741 \begin_layout Subsection
38742 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38745 \begin_layout Standard
38746 Described in section
38747 \begin_inset space ~
38751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38753 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38760 \begin_layout Subsection
38761 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38764 \begin_layout Standard
38765 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38769 \begin_layout Subsection
38773 \begin_layout Standard
38774 Described in section
38775 \begin_inset space ~
38779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38781 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38788 \begin_layout Subsection
38790 \begin_inset Index idx
38793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38794 Paragraph ! Settings
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38803 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38804 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38807 \begin_layout Standard
38808 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38809 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38817 \begin_inset space ~
38825 \begin_layout Subsection
38826 Table Settings and Math
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38830 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38832 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38833 The properties of tables are described in section
38834 \begin_inset space ~
38838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38840 reference "sec:Tables"
38844 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38845 \begin_inset space ~
38849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38851 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38858 \begin_layout Subsection
38859 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38862 \begin_layout Standard
38863 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38865 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38872 reference "sec:Nesting"
38877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38879 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38886 \begin_layout Section
38888 \begin_inset Index idx
38891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38901 At the bottom of the
38905 menu the opened documents are listed.
38908 \begin_layout Subsection
38909 Open/Close all Insets
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38916 \begin_layout Subsection
38917 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38921 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38924 \begin_layout Standard
38925 Math macros are described in the
38932 \begin_layout Subsection
38936 \begin_layout Standard
38937 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38945 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38952 \begin_layout Subsection
38956 \begin_layout Standard
38957 Opens a window showing console messages.
38958 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38962 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38963 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38966 \begin_layout Subsection
38970 \begin_layout Standard
38971 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
38972 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
38973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38979 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38983 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38990 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38994 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38995 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38996 \begin_inset space ~
39000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39002 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39007 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39008 The default output format is
39011 \begin_inset space ~
39019 \begin_layout Subsection
39020 View (Other Formats)
39023 \begin_layout Standard
39024 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39025 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39026 actual document with an external program.
39027 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39028 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39029 All possible formats are listed in section
39030 \begin_inset space ~
39034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39036 reference "sub:Export"
39041 You should at least see the menu entry
39046 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39047 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39054 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39059 \begin_inset Index idx
39062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39063 Reconfiguration of LyX
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39073 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39080 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39085 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39088 \begin_layout Subsection
39092 \begin_layout Standard
39093 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39094 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39097 \begin_layout Subsection
39098 Update (Other Formats)
39101 \begin_layout Standard
39102 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39103 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39106 \begin_layout Subsection
39107 View Master Document
39110 \begin_layout Standard
39111 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39132 manual for more information on this topic).
39133 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39134 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39139 generates the output of the whole book, while
39143 will just output the chapter alone.
39146 \begin_layout Standard
39147 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39148 in the preferences (see sec.
39149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39155 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39159 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39166 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39173 \begin_layout Subsection
39174 Update Master Document
39177 \begin_layout Standard
39178 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39194 \begin_inset space ~
39199 manual for more information on this topic).
39200 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39201 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39204 \begin_layout Standard
39205 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39206 in the preferences (see sec.
39207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39213 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39217 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39224 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39231 \begin_layout Subsection
39235 \begin_layout Standard
39236 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39237 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39238 view the same document, but at different positions.
39239 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39240 or more documents at the same time.
39241 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39248 \begin_layout Subsection
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39253 Closes a split view.
39256 \begin_layout Subsection
39260 \begin_layout Standard
39261 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39262 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39263 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39264 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39265 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39268 \begin_layout Subsection
39270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39272 name "sub:Toolbars"
39277 \begin_inset Index idx
39280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39289 \begin_layout Standard
39290 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39291 All toolbars and the
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39299 can be turned on and off.
39304 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39333 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39337 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39349 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39353 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39354 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39355 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39356 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39357 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39362 \begin_inset space ~
39366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39368 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39375 \begin_layout Section
39377 \begin_inset Index idx
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39389 \begin_layout Subsection
39393 \begin_layout Standard
39394 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39401 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39412 \begin_layout Subsection
39414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39416 name "sub:Special-Character"
39423 \begin_layout Standard
39424 Here you can insert the following characters:
39427 \begin_layout Description
39428 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39429 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39430 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39431 \begin_inset Newline newline
39435 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39443 Not all characters will be visible in the
39447 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39455 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39459 ) can display every character.
39467 \begin_layout Description
39468 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39472 \begin_layout Description
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39481 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39488 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39495 \begin_layout Description
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39500 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39513 \begin_layout Description
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39518 Quote Inserts this quote:
39519 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39525 \begin_layout Description
39527 \begin_inset space ~
39530 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39534 \begin_layout Description
39536 \begin_inset space ~
39539 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39543 \begin_layout Description
39545 \begin_inset space ~
39548 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39552 \begin_layout Description
39554 \begin_inset space ~
39558 \begin_inset Index idx
39561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39568 \begin_inset Index idx
39571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39572 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39577 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39578 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39579 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39584 \begin_inset Index idx
39587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39588 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39594 \begin_inset Newline newline
39597 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39601 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39609 and this Wiki-page:
39610 \begin_inset Newline newline
39614 \begin_inset Flex URL
39617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39619 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39627 \begin_layout Subsection
39631 \begin_layout Standard
39632 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39635 \begin_layout Description
39636 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39637 \begin_inset script superscript
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39648 \begin_layout Description
39649 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39650 \begin_inset script subscript
39652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39661 \begin_layout Description
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39666 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39673 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39692 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39699 \begin_layout Description
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39704 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39705 \begin_inset space ~
39709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39711 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39718 \begin_layout Description
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39723 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39730 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39737 \begin_layout Description
39739 \begin_inset space ~
39742 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39743 \begin_inset space ~
39747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39749 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39756 \begin_layout Description
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39761 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39762 \begin_inset space ~
39766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39768 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39775 \begin_layout Description
39776 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39783 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39790 \begin_layout Description
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39795 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39802 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39809 \begin_layout Description
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39814 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39821 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39828 \begin_layout Description
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39834 \begin_inset space ~
39837 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39844 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39851 \begin_layout Description
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39856 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39857 text line to the page border, see section
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39864 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39871 \begin_layout Description
39873 \begin_inset space ~
39876 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39883 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39890 \begin_layout Description
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39895 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39896 text page to the page border, described in section
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39903 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39910 \begin_layout Description
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39915 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39922 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39929 \begin_layout Description
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39938 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39945 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39952 \begin_layout Subsection
39956 \begin_layout Standard
39957 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39958 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39966 reference "sec:toc"
39971 The index list is described in section
39972 \begin_inset space ~
39976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39978 reference "sec:Index"
39982 , the nomenclature in section
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39989 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39993 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40000 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40007 \begin_layout Subsection
40011 \begin_layout Standard
40012 To insert floats, described in section
40013 \begin_inset space ~
40017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40019 reference "sec:Floats"
40026 \begin_layout Subsection
40030 \begin_layout Standard
40031 To insert notes, described in section
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40038 reference "sec:Notes"
40045 \begin_layout Subsection
40049 \begin_layout Standard
40050 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40057 reference "sec:Branches"
40064 \begin_layout Subsection
40068 \begin_layout Standard
40069 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40070 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40072 An example is the document class
40073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40080 with three custom insets.
40083 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40089 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40092 \begin_layout Subsection
40094 \begin_inset Index idx
40097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40106 \begin_layout Standard
40107 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40108 files in your document.
40109 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40124 \begin_layout Subsection
40126 \begin_inset Index idx
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40146 reference "sec:Minipages"
40151 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40158 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_layout Subsection
40170 \begin_layout Standard
40171 Inserts a citation as described in section
40172 \begin_inset space ~
40176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40178 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40185 \begin_layout Subsection
40189 \begin_layout Standard
40190 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40197 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40204 \begin_layout Subsection
40208 \begin_layout Standard
40209 Inserts a label as described in section
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40216 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40223 \begin_layout Subsection
40225 \begin_inset Index idx
40228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40235 \begin_inset Index idx
40238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40239 Longtables ! Caption
40247 \begin_layout Standard
40248 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40249 Floats are described in section
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40256 reference "sec:Floats"
40260 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40275 \begin_layout Subsection
40279 \begin_layout Standard
40280 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40287 reference "sec:Index"
40294 \begin_layout Subsection
40298 \begin_layout Standard
40299 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40300 \begin_inset space ~
40304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40306 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40313 \begin_layout Subsection
40317 \begin_layout Standard
40319 Tables are described in section
40320 \begin_inset space ~
40324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40326 reference "sec:Tables"
40333 \begin_layout Subsection
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40339 Graphics are described in section
40340 \begin_inset space ~
40344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40346 reference "sec:Graphics"
40353 \begin_layout Subsection
40357 \begin_layout Standard
40358 Inserts an URL as described in section
40359 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40365 reference "sub:URLs"
40372 \begin_layout Subsection
40376 \begin_layout Standard
40377 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40378 \begin_inset space ~
40382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40384 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40391 \begin_layout Subsection
40395 \begin_layout Standard
40396 Inserts a footnote, see section
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40403 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40410 \begin_layout Subsection
40414 \begin_layout Standard
40415 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40416 \begin_inset space ~
40420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40422 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40429 \begin_layout Subsection
40433 \begin_layout Standard
40434 Inserts a short title, see section
40435 \begin_inset space ~
40439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40441 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40448 \begin_layout Subsection
40452 \begin_layout Standard
40453 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40454 \begin_inset space ~
40458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40460 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40467 \begin_layout Subsection
40469 \begin_inset Index idx
40472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40481 \begin_layout Standard
40482 Inserts a program listings box.
40483 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40485 Program Code Listings
40490 \begin_inset space ~
40498 \begin_layout Subsection
40502 \begin_layout Standard
40503 Inserts the actual date.
40504 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40506 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40514 \begin_inset space ~
40522 \begin_layout Subsection
40526 \begin_layout Standard
40527 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40528 \begin_inset space ~
40532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40534 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40541 \begin_layout Section
40543 \begin_inset Index idx
40546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40555 \begin_layout Standard
40556 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40557 \begin_inset space ~
40560 of the current document.
40561 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40564 \begin_layout Subsection
40568 \begin_layout Standard
40569 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40570 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40576 \begin_inset space \space{}
40580 \begin_inset space ~
40584 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40585 \begin_inset space ~
40588 2.5 and use the submenu
40591 \begin_inset space ~
40595 \begin_inset space ~
40602 \begin_inset space ~
40608 \begin_inset space ~
40612 \begin_inset space ~
40618 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40622 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40628 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40634 \begin_layout Standard
40635 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40636 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40639 \begin_layout Subsection
40640 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40643 \begin_layout Standard
40644 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40648 \begin_layout Subsection
40652 \begin_layout Standard
40653 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40654 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40655 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40663 \begin_inset space ~
40671 \begin_layout Subsection
40675 \begin_layout Standard
40676 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40677 in the output, see section
40680 \begin_inset space ~
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40693 manual for a detailed description.
40696 \begin_layout Section
40698 \begin_inset Index idx
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40710 \begin_layout Subsection
40714 \begin_layout Standard
40715 Change Tracking is described in section
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40722 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40729 \begin_layout Subsection
40734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40744 \begin_layout Standard
40745 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40747 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40750 \begin_layout Standard
40751 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40756 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40759 \begin_layout Subsection
40763 \begin_layout Standard
40764 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40771 reference "sec:Navigating"
40776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40778 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40785 \begin_layout Subsection
40786 Start Appendix Here
40789 \begin_layout Standard
40790 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40791 position as described in section
40792 \begin_inset space ~
40796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40798 reference "sec:Appendices"
40805 \begin_layout Subsection
40809 \begin_layout Standard
40810 Un/compresses the current document.
40813 \begin_layout Subsection
40817 \begin_layout Standard
40818 The document settings are described in appendix
40819 \begin_inset space ~
40823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40825 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40832 \begin_layout Section
40834 \begin_inset Index idx
40837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40846 \begin_layout Subsection
40850 \begin_layout Standard
40851 Spell checking is explained in section
40852 \begin_inset space ~
40856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40858 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40865 \begin_layout Subsection
40869 \begin_layout Standard
40870 The thesaurus is described in section
40871 \begin_inset space ~
40875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40877 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40884 \begin_layout Subsection
40886 \begin_inset Index idx
40889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40896 \begin_inset Index idx
40899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40908 \begin_layout Standard
40909 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40913 \begin_layout Subsection
40915 \begin_inset Index idx
40918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40927 \begin_layout Standard
40928 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40932 \begin_layout Subsection
40934 \begin_inset Index idx
40937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40938 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40949 Reconfiguration of LyX
40953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 \begin_inset Index idx
40969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 Reconfiguration of LyX
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40980 and programs it needs; see also section
40981 \begin_inset space ~
40985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40987 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40994 \begin_layout Subsection
40998 \begin_layout Standard
40999 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41000 \begin_inset space ~
41004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41006 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41013 \begin_layout Section
41015 \begin_inset Index idx
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41030 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
41033 \begin_layout Standard
41037 \begin_inset space ~
41042 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41043 found by LyX (see also section
41044 \begin_inset space ~
41048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41050 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41057 \begin_layout Section
41059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41061 name "sec:Toolbars"
41068 \begin_layout Standard
41069 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41070 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41076 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41083 \begin_layout Standard
41084 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41085 This is described in the
41087 Additional Features
41092 \begin_layout Subsection
41094 \begin_inset Index idx
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 \begin_layout Standard
41107 \begin_inset Graphics
41108 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41116 \begin_layout Standard
41117 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41123 \begin_layout Standard
41124 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41141 \begin_inset Note Note
41144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41145 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41150 manual for more information.
41158 \begin_layout Standard
41159 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41165 \begin_layout Standard
41166 \begin_inset Tabular
41167 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41168 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41176 \begin_inset Graphics
41177 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41191 pull-down box for the environments
41204 \begin_layout Standard
41205 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41211 \begin_layout Standard
41213 \begin_inset Tabular
41214 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41215 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41216 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41217 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41241 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41271 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41301 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 arg "dialog-show print"
41325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41347 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41391 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41451 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41511 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41527 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41579 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41580 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 Emphasize text, function of the
41610 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41612 \begin_inset space ~
41623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 Set text to noun style, function of the
41646 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41648 \begin_inset space ~
41659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 arg "textstyle-apply"
41676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41680 Formats text using the current settings in the
41682 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41684 \begin_inset space ~
41695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41719 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41730 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41767 arg "tabular-insert"
41775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41797 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 Toggle outline window on/off,
41811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41866 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41879 \begin_layout Subsection
41881 \begin_inset Index idx
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 \begin_layout Standard
41894 \begin_inset Graphics
41895 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41903 \begin_layout Standard
41904 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41910 \begin_layout Standard
41911 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41915 \begin_layout Standard
41916 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41922 \begin_layout Standard
41923 \begin_inset Tabular
41924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41925 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41926 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41927 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41964 arg "layout Enumerate"
41972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41991 arg "layout Itemize"
41999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 arg "layout Description"
42053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 arg "depth-increment"
42080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42086 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42088 \begin_inset space ~
42092 \begin_inset space ~
42101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42110 arg "depth-decrement"
42118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42124 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42130 \begin_inset space ~
42139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 arg "float-insert figure"
42156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42163 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 arg "float-insert table"
42187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42194 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42316 \begin_inset space ~
42325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 arg "nomencl-insert"
42342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42350 \begin_inset space ~
42359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 arg "footnote-insert"
42376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42398 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42414 \begin_inset space ~
42423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42447 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42467 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 \begin_inset space ~
42567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42576 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42591 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42622 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42624 \begin_inset space ~
42633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42642 arg "dialog-show character"
42650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42656 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42658 \begin_inset space ~
42667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42676 arg "layout-paragraph"
42684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42710 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42724 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42738 \begin_layout Subsection
42739 View / Update Toolbar
42740 \begin_inset Index idx
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42744 Toolbar ! View / Update
42752 \begin_layout Standard
42753 \begin_inset Graphics
42754 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42761 \begin_layout Standard
42762 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42768 \begin_layout Standard
42769 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42773 \begin_layout Standard
42774 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42780 \begin_layout Standard
42781 \begin_inset Tabular
42782 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42783 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42784 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42785 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42809 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42825 arg "buffer-update"
42833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42839 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42855 arg "master-buffer-view"
42863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42869 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 arg "master-buffer-update"
42893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42901 \begin_inset space ~
42910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42934 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42935 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42936 Synchronize with Output
42942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42947 \begin_inset Graphics
42948 filename ../images/view-others.png
42950 groupId toolbarbuttons
42961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42968 View (Other Formats)
42974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 \begin_inset Graphics
42980 filename ../images/update-others.png
42982 groupId toolbarbuttons
42991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42998 Update (Other Formats)
43011 \begin_layout Standard
43012 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43016 \begin_layout Subsection
43020 \begin_layout Standard
43021 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43022 \begin_inset space ~
43026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43028 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43032 , the table toolbar
43033 \begin_inset Index idx
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43045 \begin_inset space ~
43050 manual, the math macro toolbar
43051 \begin_inset Index idx
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 \begin_layout Chapter
43068 The Document Settings
43069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43071 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43076 \begin_inset Index idx
43079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43080 Document ! Settings
43088 \begin_layout Standard
43089 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43090 whole document and is called with the menu
43092 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43096 You can save your document settings as default with the
43098 Save as Document Defaults
43100 button in the dialog.
43101 This will create a template named
43105 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43109 \begin_layout Standard
43114 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43115 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43118 \begin_layout Standard
43119 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43122 \begin_layout Section
43126 \begin_layout Standard
43127 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43129 Document classes are described in section
43130 \begin_inset space ~
43134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43136 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43144 \begin_layout Standard
43148 \begin_inset space ~
43153 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43157 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43158 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43160 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43169 \begin_layout Standard
43170 Some classes use special class options by default.
43171 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43175 and you can decide to use them or not.
43176 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43177 recommended to use them untouched.
43182 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43187 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43188 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43195 \begin_inset Newline newline
43200 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43203 \begin_inset Newline newline
43206 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43212 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43214 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43226 \begin_layout Standard
43227 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43229 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43230 document is opened without its master.
43231 This way child documents are always compilable.
43232 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43239 \begin_inset space ~
43247 \begin_layout Standard
43248 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43258 \begin_inset Index idx
43261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43262 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43268 \begin_inset Index idx
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43272 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43277 for cross-references, see sec.
43278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43284 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43291 \begin_layout Section
43295 \begin_layout Standard
43296 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43297 Please refer to the section
43300 \begin_inset space ~
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43313 manual for details.
43316 \begin_layout Section
43320 \begin_layout Standard
43321 Modules are explained in section
43322 \begin_inset space ~
43326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43328 reference "sub:Modules"
43335 \begin_layout Section
43339 \begin_layout Standard
43341 \begin_inset space ~
43345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43347 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43354 \begin_layout Section
43358 \begin_layout Standard
43359 The document font settings are described in section
43360 \begin_inset space ~
43364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43366 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43373 \begin_layout Section
43377 \begin_layout Standard
43378 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43380 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43383 \begin_layout Standard
43384 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43385 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43387 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43390 \begin_layout Section
43394 \begin_layout Standard
43395 A description of this menu is given in section
43396 \begin_inset space ~
43400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43402 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43409 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43416 \begin_layout Section
43420 \begin_layout Standard
43421 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43422 \begin_inset space ~
43426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43428 reference "sub:Margins"
43435 \begin_layout Section
43437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43439 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43444 \begin_inset Index idx
43447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43448 Language ! Encoding
43456 \begin_layout Standard
43457 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43458 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43459 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43460 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43461 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43462 known for a particular character).
43466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43467 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43472 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43477 manual for details.
43485 \begin_layout Standard
43486 If you use the option
43490 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43491 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43492 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43493 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43494 exactly one encoding.
43495 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43498 \begin_layout Standard
43499 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43500 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43501 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43502 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43503 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43504 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43509 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43510 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43511 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43512 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43513 engines to standard LaTeX.
43514 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43515 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43518 \begin_inset space ~
43525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 \begin_inset space ~
43544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43556 \begin_inset space ~
43562 \begin_inset space ~
43566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43568 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43573 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43577 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43580 \begin_layout Standard
43584 \begin_inset space ~
43589 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43599 The possible settings are:
43602 \begin_layout Description
43603 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43605 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43606 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43610 \begin_inset space ~
43614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43616 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43623 \begin_layout Description
43624 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43625 format you will use.
43626 In many cases this will be
43631 \begin_inset Index idx
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43641 If the newer package
43646 \begin_inset Index idx
43649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43650 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43655 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43656 this package will be used instead of
43663 \begin_layout Description
43665 \begin_inset space ~
43676 would be more appropriate.
43679 \begin_layout Description
43680 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43681 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43685 (for German texts), type in
43688 \begin_inset Newline newline
43693 usepackage{ngerman}
43696 \begin_layout Description
43697 None will not use a language package.
43698 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43701 \begin_layout Standard
43702 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43705 \begin_layout Description
43707 \begin_inset space ~
43711 \begin_inset space ~
43715 \begin_inset space ~
43722 , but the LaTeX-package
43727 \begin_inset Index idx
43730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43731 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43737 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43738 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43739 languages in TeX code.
43742 \begin_layout Description
43743 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43744 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43745 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43748 \begin_layout Description
43750 \begin_inset space ~
43754 \begin_inset space ~
43757 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43760 \begin_layout Description
43762 \begin_inset space ~
43766 \begin_inset space ~
43769 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43772 \begin_layout Description
43774 \begin_inset space ~
43777 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43780 \begin_layout Description
43782 \begin_inset space ~
43786 \begin_inset space ~
43789 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43790 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43793 \begin_layout Description
43795 \begin_inset space ~
43799 \begin_inset space ~
43802 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43806 \begin_layout Description
43808 \begin_inset space ~
43812 \begin_inset space ~
43815 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43816 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43819 \begin_layout Description
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43825 \begin_inset space ~
43829 \begin_inset space ~
43832 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43833 \begin_inset space ~
43839 \begin_layout Description
43841 \begin_inset space ~
43845 \begin_inset space ~
43849 \begin_inset space ~
43852 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43853 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43856 \begin_layout Description
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43862 \begin_inset space ~
43865 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43866 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43867 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43868 \begin_inset space ~
43872 \begin_inset space ~
43878 \begin_layout Description
43880 \begin_inset space ~
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43887 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43888 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43889 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43890 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43895 \begin_inset space ~
43901 \begin_layout Description
43903 \begin_inset space ~
43907 \begin_inset space ~
43910 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43913 \begin_layout Description
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43919 \begin_inset space ~
43922 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43925 \begin_layout Description
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43931 \begin_inset space ~
43934 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43937 \begin_layout Description
43939 \begin_inset space ~
43942 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43945 \begin_layout Description
43947 \begin_inset space ~
43950 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43953 \begin_layout Description
43955 \begin_inset space ~
43959 \begin_inset space ~
43962 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43965 \begin_layout Description
43967 \begin_inset space ~
43971 \begin_inset space ~
43977 \begin_layout Description
43979 \begin_inset space ~
43983 \begin_inset space ~
43986 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43989 \begin_layout Description
43991 \begin_inset space ~
43995 \begin_inset space ~
44001 \begin_layout Description
44003 \begin_inset space ~
44007 \begin_inset space ~
44010 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44015 \begin_inset Index idx
44018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44019 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44024 , when using this, set the document language to
44029 \begin_layout Description
44031 \begin_inset space ~
44035 \begin_inset space ~
44038 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44042 , when using this, set the document language to
44045 \begin_inset space ~
44051 \begin_layout Description
44053 \begin_inset space ~
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44060 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44065 \begin_inset Index idx
44068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44069 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44074 , when using this, set the document language to
44079 \begin_layout Description
44081 \begin_inset space ~
44085 \begin_inset space ~
44088 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44092 , when using this, set the document language to
44097 \begin_layout Description
44099 \begin_inset space ~
44103 \begin_inset space ~
44106 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44110 , when using this, set the document language to
44115 \begin_layout Description
44117 \begin_inset space ~
44120 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44123 \begin_layout Description
44125 \begin_inset space ~
44129 \begin_inset space ~
44133 \begin_inset space ~
44136 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44139 \begin_layout Description
44141 \begin_inset space ~
44145 \begin_inset space ~
44149 \begin_inset space ~
44152 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44153 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44154 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44157 \begin_layout Description
44159 \begin_inset space ~
44163 \begin_inset space ~
44169 \begin_layout Description
44171 \begin_inset space ~
44175 \begin_inset space ~
44178 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44179 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44182 \begin_layout Description
44184 \begin_inset space ~
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44191 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44196 \begin_inset Index idx
44199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44200 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44205 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44208 \begin_layout Description
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44214 \begin_inset space ~
44217 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44225 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44230 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44232 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44235 \begin_layout Description
44237 \begin_inset space ~
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44244 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44249 \begin_inset Index idx
44252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44253 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44258 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44261 \begin_layout Description
44263 \begin_inset space ~
44266 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44271 \begin_inset Index idx
44274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44275 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44281 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44285 \begin_layout Description
44287 \begin_inset space ~
44291 \begin_inset space ~
44295 \begin_inset space ~
44298 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44299 \begin_inset space ~
44305 \begin_layout Description
44307 \begin_inset space ~
44311 \begin_inset space ~
44315 \begin_inset space ~
44318 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44319 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44320 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44324 \begin_layout Description
44326 \begin_inset space ~
44330 \begin_inset space ~
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44337 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44338 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44341 \begin_layout Standard
44342 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44346 LatexCommand formatted
44347 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44351 for more information on the language package.
44354 \begin_layout Section
44356 \begin_inset Index idx
44359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44366 \begin_inset Index idx
44369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44378 \begin_layout Standard
44379 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44381 \begin_inset space ~
44384 out notes (default: light grey).
44389 sets the color back to the default.
44392 \begin_layout Standard
44393 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44395 \begin_inset space ~
44398 boxes (default: red).
44401 \begin_layout Standard
44402 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44406 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44408 \begin_inset space ~
44411 out note appears blue in the output.)
44419 \begin_layout Standard
44420 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44423 \begin_inset space ~
44428 in the document settings under
44431 \begin_inset space ~
44436 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44439 \begin_inset space ~
44447 \begin_inset space ~
44453 For example the option
44456 \begin_layout Standard
44462 \begin_layout Standard
44463 sets the link text color to black.
44464 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44469 \begin_inset Index idx
44472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44473 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44479 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44488 \begin_layout Standard
44489 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44495 \begin_layout Standard
44496 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44497 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44498 \begin_inset space ~
44501 Code behind a forced page break:
44504 \begin_layout Itemize
44505 For the page color:
44506 \begin_inset Newline newline
44513 pagecolor{color name}
44516 \begin_layout Itemize
44517 For the text color:
44518 \begin_inset Newline newline
44528 \begin_layout Standard
44529 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44562 \begin_inset Newline newline
44565 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44569 \begin_layout Itemize
44570 For the page background color:
44571 \begin_inset Newline newline
44576 page_backgroundcolor
44579 \begin_layout Itemize
44580 For the main text color:
44581 \begin_inset Newline newline
44589 \begin_layout Itemize
44591 \begin_inset space ~
44594 box background color:
44595 \begin_inset Newline newline
44603 \begin_layout Itemize
44605 \begin_inset space ~
44608 out note text color:
44609 \begin_inset Newline newline
44617 \begin_layout Standard
44618 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44621 \begin_inset space ~
44629 \begin_inset space ~
44637 \begin_layout Section
44641 \begin_layout Standard
44642 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44643 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44644 \begin_inset space ~
44648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44650 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44657 \begin_layout Section
44661 \begin_layout Standard
44662 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44667 \begin_inset Index idx
44670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44671 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44681 \begin_inset Index idx
44684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44685 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44691 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44696 \begin_inset Index idx
44699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44700 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44705 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44707 For a further description see section
44708 \begin_inset space ~
44712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44714 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44721 \begin_layout Section
44725 \begin_layout Standard
44726 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44727 and you can define additional indexes.
44728 Please refer to section
44729 \begin_inset space ~
44733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44735 reference "sec:Index"
44742 \begin_layout Section
44746 \begin_layout Standard
44747 The PDF properties are explained in section
44748 \begin_inset space ~
44752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44754 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44761 \begin_layout Section
44765 \begin_layout Standard
44766 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44771 \begin_inset Index idx
44774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44775 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44785 \begin_inset Index idx
44788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44789 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44799 \begin_inset Index idx
44802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44803 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44813 \begin_inset Index idx
44816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44817 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44822 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44825 \begin_layout Description
44826 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44827 ensure that you have enabled
44830 \begin_inset space ~
44838 \begin_layout Description
44839 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44842 \begin_inset space ~
44854 \begin_layout Description
44855 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44866 \begin_layout Description
44867 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44869 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44878 \begin_layout Section
44882 \begin_layout Standard
44883 The float placement options are described in section
44886 \begin_inset space ~
44894 \begin_inset space ~
44902 \begin_layout Section
44906 \begin_layout Standard
44907 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44909 Program Code Listings
44914 \begin_inset space ~
44922 \begin_layout Section
44926 \begin_layout Standard
44927 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44928 The itemize environment is described in section
44929 \begin_inset space ~
44933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44935 reference "sec:Itemize"
44942 \begin_layout Section
44946 \begin_layout Standard
44947 Branches are described in section
44948 \begin_inset space ~
44952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44954 reference "sec:Branches"
44961 \begin_layout Section
44963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44965 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44972 \begin_layout Standard
44973 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44976 \begin_layout Description
44978 \begin_inset space ~
44982 \begin_inset space ~
44985 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45005 View Master Document
45006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45013 Update Master Document
45014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45021 menu or the toolbar.
45022 The default is set in
45024 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45025 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45034 LatexCommand formatted
45035 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45042 \begin_layout Description
45044 \begin_inset space ~
45048 \begin_inset space ~
45051 Output settings for the menu
45053 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45055 \begin_inset space ~
45061 For a detailed description see section
45063 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45068 \begin_inset space ~
45076 \begin_layout Description
45078 \begin_inset space ~
45082 \begin_inset space ~
45085 Options settings for the export format
45093 \begin_inset space ~
45098 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45099 \begin_inset space ~
45102 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45106 \begin_inset space ~
45111 settings are described in detail in section
45113 Math Output in XHTML
45118 \begin_inset space ~
45124 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45127 \begin_layout Section
45132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45142 \begin_layout Standard
45143 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
45144 to define LaTeX-commands.
45145 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45146 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45150 \begin_layout Standard
45151 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45152 \begin_inset space ~
45156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45158 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45165 \begin_layout Chapter
45171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45173 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45178 \begin_inset Index idx
45181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45190 \begin_layout Standard
45191 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45193 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45197 It has the following submenus.
45200 \begin_layout Section
45204 \begin_layout Subsection
45208 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45209 User Interface File
45210 \begin_inset Index idx
45213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45214 Customization ! of toolbars
45220 \begin_inset Index idx
45223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45224 Customization ! of menus
45232 \begin_layout Standard
45233 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45234 interface (ui) file.
45235 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45236 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45245 Both files are loaded by the
45250 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45251 files and edit the entries.
45254 \begin_layout Standard
45255 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45267 entries must be finished with an explicit
45292 and in the case of the
45293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45305 The syntax for the entries is:
45308 \begin_layout Standard
45309 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45337 \begin_layout Standard
45339 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45342 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45344 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45346 \begin_inset space ~
45354 \begin_layout Standard
45355 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45361 \begin_layout Standard
45362 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45364 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45367 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45371 \begin_layout Standard
45372 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45396 \begin_layout Standard
45398 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45401 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45408 \begin_layout Standard
45409 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45410 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45425 \begin_layout Standard
45428 Enable tool tips in main work area
45430 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45438 \begin_layout Standard
45441 Restore window layouts and geometries
45443 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45444 in the last LyX session.
45447 \begin_layout Standard
45450 Restore cursor positions
45452 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45456 \begin_layout Standard
45459 Load opened files from last session
45461 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45464 \begin_layout Standard
45467 Clear all session information
45469 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45470 of last opened documents, etc.).
45473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45477 name "sub:Backup documents"
45482 \begin_inset Index idx
45485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45494 \begin_layout Standard
45497 Backup original documents when saving
45499 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45500 it was saved the last time.
45501 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45504 \begin_inset space ~
45510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45512 reference "sec:Paths"
45517 The backup file has the file extension
45518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45532 \begin_layout Standard
45535 Backup documents, every
45537 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45540 \begin_layout Standard
45543 Save documents compressed by default
45545 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45548 \begin_layout Standard
45553 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45556 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45558 \begin_inset space ~
45566 \begin_layout Standard
45569 Open documents in tabs
45571 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45575 \begin_layout Standard
45578 Single close-tab button
45580 there will only be one button (
45583 \begin_inset Graphics
45584 filename ../images/closetab.png
45591 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45592 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45595 \begin_layout Standard
45596 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45604 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the chang takes effect.
45612 \begin_layout Subsection
45614 \begin_inset Index idx
45617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45626 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45633 \begin_layout Standard
45634 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45637 \begin_layout Standard
45638 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45646 This section only deals with the fonts
45651 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45655 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45666 \begin_layout Standard
45667 By default, LyX uses
45671 as roman (serif) font,
45679 (depends on the system) as
45682 \begin_inset space ~
45698 \begin_layout Standard
45699 You can change the font size with the
45704 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
45705 current LyX session by pressing
45709 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
45712 \begin_layout Standard
45717 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
45718 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45723 points have the size of 1
45724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45728 \begin_inset space ~
45732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45734 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45741 \begin_layout Standard
45746 are the same as if a document font size of 10
45747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45751 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45752 \begin_inset space ~
45756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45758 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45765 \begin_layout Standard
45768 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45770 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45771 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45772 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45773 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45775 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45776 \begin_inset space ~
45782 \begin_layout Subsection
45784 \begin_inset Index idx
45787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45794 \begin_inset Index idx
45797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45806 \begin_layout Standard
45807 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45808 Choose an item in the list and use the
45815 \begin_layout Standard
45816 By using the option
45820 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45823 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45824 \begin_inset space ~
45828 \begin_inset space ~
45833 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45836 \begin_layout Subsection
45838 \begin_inset Index idx
45841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45850 \begin_layout Standard
45851 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45854 \begin_layout Standard
45859 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45860 This feature is described in section
45861 \begin_inset space ~
45865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45867 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45874 \begin_layout Standard
45878 \begin_inset space ~
45882 \begin_inset space ~
45886 \begin_inset space ~
45891 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45894 \begin_layout Section
45896 \begin_inset Index idx
45899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45908 \begin_layout Subsection
45912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45916 \begin_layout Standard
45919 Cursor follows scrollbar
45921 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45925 \begin_layout Standard
45926 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
45927 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45928 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45931 \begin_layout Standard
45934 Scroll below end of document
45936 is self-explanatory.
45939 \begin_layout Standard
45940 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
45947 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
45949 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
45950 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
45953 \begin_layout Standard
45956 Sort environments alphabetically
45958 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45961 \begin_layout Standard
45964 Group environments by their category
45966 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45969 \begin_layout Standard
45970 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45986 \begin_layout Standard
45987 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45992 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45993 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45997 \begin_layout Subsection
45999 \begin_inset Index idx
46002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46009 \begin_inset Index idx
46012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46013 Settings ! Shortcuts
46021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46025 \begin_layout Standard
46026 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46027 Several binding files are available:
46030 \begin_layout Description
46031 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46034 \begin_layout Description
46035 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46046 \begin_layout Description
46047 mac.bind set of bindings for
46050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46058 \begin_layout Standard
46059 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46063 , and bind files for special languages.
46064 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46069 \begin_inset space \space{}
46073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46081 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46085 \begin_layout Standard
46086 Some bind-files, like
46090 , have only a small scope.
46091 When looking at the end of the file
46095 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46102 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46107 \begin_inset Index idx
46110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46111 Key Bindings ! Editing
46119 \begin_layout Standard
46120 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46121 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46122 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46125 Show key-bindings containing
46128 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46129 Insert there for example as keyword
46130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46137 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46147 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46148 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46152 that you will find in the
46159 \begin_layout Standard
46161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46165 \begin_inset space \space{}
46176 , select the function and press the
46181 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46182 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46183 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46184 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46185 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46187 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46189 The binding for the function
46193 is an example of this.
46196 \begin_layout Standard
46197 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46199 The syntax of the entries is:
46202 \begin_layout Standard
46208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46226 \begin_layout Subsection
46228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46230 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46235 \begin_inset Index idx
46238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46245 \begin_inset Index idx
46248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46249 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46257 \begin_layout Standard
46258 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46259 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46265 \begin_inset space \space{}
46268 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46269 can use the keyboard map file named
46276 \begin_layout Standard
46277 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46285 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46293 \begin_layout Standard
46294 You can furthermore specify here the
46296 Wheel scrolling speed
46299 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46303 \begin_layout Standard
46308 you can select a key for zooming.
46309 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46312 \begin_layout Subsection
46314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46316 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
46321 \begin_inset Index idx
46324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46333 \begin_layout Standard
46334 Input completion is described in sec.
46335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46341 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46346 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
46348 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
46349 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
46353 \begin_layout Section
46355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46362 \begin_inset Index idx
46365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46372 \begin_inset Index idx
46375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46384 \begin_layout Description
46386 \begin_inset space ~
46389 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46390 It is the default when you
46401 \begin_inset space ~
46409 \begin_layout Description
46411 \begin_inset space ~
46414 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46416 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46418 \begin_inset space ~
46422 \begin_inset space ~
46430 \begin_layout Description
46432 \begin_inset space ~
46435 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46441 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46445 \begin_inset Newline newline
46449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46461 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
46469 \begin_layout Description
46471 \begin_inset space ~
46475 \begin_inset Index idx
46478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46484 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46485 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46486 \begin_inset space ~
46490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46492 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46500 will be used to save the backups.
46501 \begin_inset Newline newline
46504 Backup files have the ending
46505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46515 \begin_layout Description
46520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46527 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a UNIX-pipe.
46528 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46529 \begin_inset Newline newline
46536 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
46537 You can edit this file with the program
46546 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46549 \begin_inset space ~
46555 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46560 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46561 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46567 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46568 \begin_inset Newline newline
46572 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46580 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46588 \begin_layout Description
46590 \begin_inset space ~
46593 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46596 \begin_layout Description
46598 \begin_inset space ~
46601 directory Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46602 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46603 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46606 \begin_layout Description
46608 \begin_inset space ~
46611 directory Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46617 You only need to specify it if you are using
46621 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46627 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46631 \begin_layout Description
46633 \begin_inset space ~
46636 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46637 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46638 to find it on the system.
46639 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46640 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46649 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46650 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46653 \begin_layout Description
46655 \begin_inset space ~
46658 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46659 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46660 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46662 The prefix can be set to any list of paths separated by the default separator
46663 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on windows).
46664 If files are included by LaTeX, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix
46665 will be scanned for the input files.
46666 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46667 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46668 It is recommended to include always the '.' as one of the paths, otherwise
46669 compilation may fail for some documents.
46672 \begin_layout Section
46676 \begin_layout Standard
46677 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46678 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46680 \begin_inset space ~
46684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46686 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46690 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46693 \begin_layout Section
46695 \begin_inset Index idx
46698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46699 Language ! Settings
46705 \begin_inset Index idx
46708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46709 Settings ! Language
46717 \begin_layout Subsection
46719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46721 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46728 \begin_layout Description
46730 \begin_inset space ~
46734 \begin_inset space ~
46737 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46738 You find the actual translation status here:
46739 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46741 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46748 \begin_layout Description
46750 \begin_inset space ~
46753 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46755 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46756 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46773 The most widespread language package is
46778 \begin_inset Index idx
46781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46782 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46787 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46788 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46789 with the alternative language package
46794 \begin_inset Index idx
46797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46798 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46803 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46804 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46806 The available selections are described in sec.
46807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46813 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46820 \begin_layout Description
46822 \begin_inset space ~
46825 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46826 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46827 An example is the start command
46833 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46838 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46853 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46858 \begin_layout Description
46860 \begin_inset space ~
46868 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46869 command toggles the package on and off.
46872 \begin_layout Description
46874 \begin_inset space ~
46878 \begin_inset space ~
46881 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46885 \begin_layout Description
46887 \begin_inset space ~
46891 \begin_inset space ~
46894 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46895 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46896 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46897 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46904 \begin_layout Description
46906 \begin_inset space ~
46909 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46911 When this option is not set, the
46914 \begin_inset space ~
46919 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46920 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46923 \begin_inset space ~
46931 \begin_layout Description
46933 \begin_inset space ~
46939 \begin_inset space ~
46945 When it is not set, the
46948 \begin_inset space ~
46953 is set to the end of the document.
46956 \begin_layout Description
46958 \begin_inset space ~
46962 \begin_inset space ~
46965 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46966 language will be underlined blue.
46969 \begin_layout Description
46971 \begin_inset space ~
46975 \begin_inset space ~
46978 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46979 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46982 \begin_layout Description
46984 \begin_inset space ~
46987 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46988 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46989 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46990 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46993 \begin_layout Subsection
46997 \begin_layout Standard
46998 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46999 \begin_inset space ~
47003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47005 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47012 \begin_layout Section
47016 \begin_layout Subsection
47020 \begin_layout Description
47022 \begin_inset space ~
47026 \begin_inset space ~
47029 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47033 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47035 \begin_inset space ~
47041 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47045 \begin_layout Description
47047 \begin_inset space ~
47051 \begin_inset Index idx
47054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47061 \begin_inset Index idx
47064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47065 Settings ! Date format
47070 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47071 \begin_inset Newline newline
47075 \begin_inset Flex URL
47078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47080 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47086 \begin_inset Newline newline
47089 For example the format
47090 \begin_inset Newline newline
47094 \begin_inset Newline newline
47097 prints the date as day/month/year.
47100 \begin_layout Description
47102 \begin_inset space ~
47106 \begin_inset space ~
47109 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47112 \begin_layout Description
47114 \begin_inset space ~
47117 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47119 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47121 \begin_inset space ~
47127 For a detailed description see section
47129 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47134 \begin_inset space ~
47142 \begin_layout Subsection
47144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47151 \begin_inset Index idx
47154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47161 \begin_inset Index idx
47164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47173 \begin_layout Description
47175 \begin_inset space ~
47178 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47179 The name will be used when the
47184 \begin_inset Newline newline
47188 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47196 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47204 \begin_layout Description
47206 \begin_inset space ~
47209 command is the command LyX
47210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47217 LaTeX uses for printing.
47218 The default is on most systems
47225 \begin_layout Description
47227 \begin_inset space ~
47231 \begin_inset space ~
47234 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47235 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47236 of the program that provides the
47243 \begin_layout Description
47245 \begin_inset space ~
47249 \begin_inset space ~
47253 \begin_inset space ~
47256 printer This option works only for the
47261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47273 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47274 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47277 \begin_layout Subsection
47282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47292 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47297 \begin_inset Index idx
47300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47309 \begin_layout Description
47311 \begin_inset space ~
47318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47326 \begin_inset space ~
47330 \begin_inset space ~
47333 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47338 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47360 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47373 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47374 LyX sets up in the background.
47375 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47378 \begin_layout Description
47380 \begin_inset space ~
47384 \begin_inset space ~
47387 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47392 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47395 \begin_layout Description
47397 \begin_inset space ~
47401 \begin_inset space ~
47405 \begin_inset space ~
47409 \begin_inset space ~
47412 options They only have an effect when the program
47416 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47419 \begin_layout Standard
47420 You can also specify here options and commands with parameters for processors.
47421 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47422 manuals of the applications.
47425 \begin_layout Description
47427 \begin_inset space ~
47430 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47431 \begin_inset space ~
47435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47437 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47444 \begin_layout Description
47446 \begin_inset space ~
47449 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47450 \begin_inset space ~
47454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47456 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47463 \begin_layout Description
47465 \begin_inset space ~
47468 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47469 \begin_inset space ~
47473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47475 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47482 \begin_layout Description
47487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47495 \begin_inset space ~
47498 command Command for the program
47502 that is described in the section
47508 Additional Features
47513 \begin_layout Standard
47514 There are additionally the following options:
47517 \begin_layout Description
47519 \begin_inset space ~
47523 \begin_inset space ~
47527 \begin_inset space ~
47531 \begin_inset space ~
47535 \begin_inset space ~
47538 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47556 to separate folders.
47557 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47558 \begin_inset Index idx
47561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47568 \begin_inset Index idx
47571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47580 \begin_layout Description
47582 \begin_inset space ~
47586 \begin_inset space ~
47590 \begin_inset space ~
47594 \begin_inset space ~
47598 \begin_inset space ~
47602 \begin_inset space ~
47605 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47610 dialog when changing the document class.
47613 \begin_layout Section
47615 \begin_inset space ~
47619 \begin_inset Index idx
47622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47631 \begin_layout Subsection
47633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47635 name "sub:Converters"
47640 \begin_inset Index idx
47643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47652 \begin_layout Standard
47653 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47654 from one format to another.
47655 You can modify them or create new ones.
47656 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47663 \begin_inset space ~
47673 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47677 \begin_inset space ~
47682 drop-down list, modify the
47686 field, and press the
47693 \begin_layout Standard
47696 Converter File Cache
47698 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47701 Maximum Age (in days
47704 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47705 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47708 \begin_layout Standard
47709 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
47710 the converter definition, is described in the section
47721 \begin_layout Subsection
47723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47725 name "sec:File-Formats"
47730 \begin_inset Index idx
47733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47740 \begin_inset Index idx
47743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47752 \begin_layout Standard
47753 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47754 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47758 \begin_layout Standard
47759 Furthermore, you can define the
47761 Default output format
47763 that is used when you use
47765 View, Update, View Master Document
47769 Update Master Document
47775 menu or the toolbar.
47778 \begin_layout Standard
47779 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47790 \begin_layout Standard
47791 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47792 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47793 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47794 This is done by specifying a
47799 More about this is described in the section
47810 \begin_layout Chapter
47811 Units available in LyX
47812 \begin_inset Index idx
47815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47824 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47831 \begin_layout Standard
47832 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47835 reference "cap:Units"
47839 explains all units available in LyX.
47842 \begin_layout Standard
47843 \begin_inset Float table
47849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47850 \begin_inset Caption
47852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47868 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47876 \begin_inset Tabular
47877 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47878 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48031 scaled point (65536
48032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48092 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48147 % of original image width
48154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48361 \begin_layout Chapter
48363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48372 \begin_layout Standard
48373 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48374 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48377 \begin_layout Itemize
48380 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48383 \begin_layout Itemize
48389 \begin_layout Itemize
48395 \begin_layout Itemize
48401 \begin_layout Itemize
48407 \begin_layout Itemize
48413 \begin_layout Itemize
48419 \begin_layout Itemize
48425 \begin_layout Itemize
48428 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48431 \begin_layout Itemize
48437 \begin_layout Itemize
48443 \begin_layout Itemize
48449 \begin_layout Itemize
48455 \begin_layout Itemize
48461 \begin_layout Itemize
48467 \begin_layout Itemize
48473 \begin_layout Itemize
48479 \begin_layout Itemize
48481 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48490 \begin_layout Standard
48491 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48494 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48501 \begin_layout Bibliography
48502 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48504 LatexCommand bibitem
48511 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48514 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48519 \begin_inset Newline newline
48523 \begin_inset Flex URL
48526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48528 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48536 \begin_layout Bibliography
48537 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48539 LatexCommand bibitem
48540 key "latexcompanion"
48544 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48546 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48549 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48552 \begin_layout Bibliography
48553 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48554 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48555 LatexCommand bibitem
48560 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48563 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48566 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48569 \begin_layout Bibliography
48570 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48571 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48572 LatexCommand bibitem
48579 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48582 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48585 \begin_layout Bibliography
48586 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48587 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48588 LatexCommand bibitem
48600 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48603 \begin_layout Bibliography
48604 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48606 LatexCommand bibitem
48612 \begin_inset Newline newline
48616 \begin_inset Flex URL
48619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48621 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48629 \begin_layout Bibliography
48630 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48631 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48632 LatexCommand bibitem
48638 \begin_inset Newline newline
48642 \begin_inset Flex URL
48645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48647 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48655 \begin_layout Bibliography
48656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48658 LatexCommand bibitem
48664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48666 name "Documentation"
48667 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48676 \begin_inset Newline newline
48680 \begin_inset Flex URL
48683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48685 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48693 \begin_layout Bibliography
48694 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48696 LatexCommand bibitem
48702 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48704 name "Documentation"
48705 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48709 how to use the program
48714 \begin_inset Newline newline
48718 \begin_inset Flex URL
48721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48723 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48731 \begin_layout Bibliography
48732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48734 LatexCommand bibitem
48740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48742 name "Documentation"
48743 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48752 \begin_inset Newline newline
48756 \begin_inset Flex URL
48759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48761 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48769 \begin_layout Bibliography
48770 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48772 LatexCommand bibitem
48778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48780 name "Documentation"
48781 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48790 \begin_inset Newline newline
48794 \begin_inset Flex URL
48797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48799 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48807 \begin_layout Bibliography
48808 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48809 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48810 LatexCommand bibitem
48816 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48818 name "Documentation"
48819 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48823 of the LaTeX-package
48828 \begin_inset Index idx
48831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48832 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48838 \begin_inset Newline newline
48842 \begin_inset Flex URL
48845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48847 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48855 \begin_layout Bibliography
48856 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48858 LatexCommand bibitem
48864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48866 name "Documentation"
48867 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48871 of the LaTeX-package
48876 \begin_inset Index idx
48879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48880 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48886 \begin_inset Newline newline
48890 \begin_inset Flex URL
48893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48895 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48903 \begin_layout Bibliography
48904 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48905 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48906 LatexCommand bibitem
48912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48914 name "Documentation"
48915 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48919 of the LaTeX-package
48924 \begin_inset Index idx
48927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48928 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48934 \begin_inset Newline newline
48938 \begin_inset Flex URL
48941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48943 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48951 \begin_layout Bibliography
48952 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48953 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48954 LatexCommand bibitem
48962 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48964 name "Documentation"
48965 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48971 of the LaTeX-package
48976 \begin_inset Index idx
48979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48980 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48986 \begin_inset Newline newline
48990 \begin_inset Flex URL
48993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48995 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49003 \begin_layout Bibliography
49004 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49006 LatexCommand bibitem
49012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49014 name "Documentation"
49015 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49019 of the LaTeX-package
49024 \begin_inset Index idx
49027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49028 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49034 \begin_inset Newline newline
49038 \begin_inset Flex URL
49041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49043 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49051 \begin_layout Bibliography
49052 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49054 LatexCommand bibitem
49060 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49062 name "Documentation"
49063 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49067 of the LaTeX-package
49072 \begin_inset Index idx
49075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49076 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49082 \begin_inset Newline newline
49086 \begin_inset Flex URL
49089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49091 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49099 \begin_layout Bibliography
49100 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49101 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49102 LatexCommand bibitem
49108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49110 name "Documentation"
49111 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49115 of the LaTeX-package
49120 \begin_inset Index idx
49123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49124 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49130 \begin_inset Newline newline
49134 \begin_inset Flex URL
49137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49139 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49147 \begin_layout Bibliography
49148 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49149 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49150 LatexCommand bibitem
49156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49158 name "Documentation"
49159 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49163 of the LaTeX-package
49168 \begin_inset Index idx
49171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49172 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49178 \begin_inset Newline newline
49182 \begin_inset Flex URL
49185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49187 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49195 \begin_layout Bibliography
49196 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49198 LatexCommand bibitem
49204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49207 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49211 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49212 \begin_inset Newline newline
49216 \begin_inset Flex URL
49219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49221 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49229 \begin_layout Bibliography
49230 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49231 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49232 LatexCommand bibitem
49238 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49241 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49245 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49246 \begin_inset Newline newline
49250 \begin_inset Flex URL
49253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49255 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49263 \begin_layout Bibliography
49264 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49265 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49266 LatexCommand bibitem
49272 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49275 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49279 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49280 \begin_inset Newline newline
49284 \begin_inset Flex URL
49287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49289 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49297 \begin_layout Bibliography
49298 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49299 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49300 LatexCommand bibitem
49306 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49309 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49313 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49314 \begin_inset Newline newline
49318 \begin_inset Flex URL
49321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49323 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49331 \begin_layout Bibliography
49332 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49333 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49334 LatexCommand bibitem
49340 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49343 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49347 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49348 \begin_inset Newline newline
49352 \begin_inset Flex URL
49355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49357 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49365 \begin_layout Bibliography
49366 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49367 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49368 LatexCommand bibitem
49374 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49377 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49381 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49382 \begin_inset Newline newline
49386 \begin_inset Flex URL
49389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49391 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49399 \begin_layout Bibliography
49400 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49401 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49402 LatexCommand bibitem
49408 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49411 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49415 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49416 \begin_inset Newline newline
49420 \begin_inset Flex URL
49423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49425 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49433 \begin_layout Bibliography
49434 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49435 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49436 LatexCommand bibitem
49442 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49445 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49449 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49450 \begin_inset Newline newline
49454 \begin_inset Flex URL
49457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49459 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49467 \begin_layout Bibliography
49468 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49469 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49470 LatexCommand bibitem
49476 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49479 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49483 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49484 \begin_inset Newline newline
49488 \begin_inset Flex URL
49491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49493 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49501 \begin_layout Bibliography
49502 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49504 LatexCommand bibitem
49510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49513 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49517 about new features in
49522 \begin_inset Newline newline
49526 \begin_inset Flex URL
49529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49531 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49539 \begin_layout Standard
49540 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49574 \begin_inset Note Note
49577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49584 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49585 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49586 bibliography is the second one:
49594 \begin_layout Standard
49595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49596 LatexCommand bibtex
49597 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49598 options "biblio/alphadin"
49605 \begin_layout Standard
49606 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49609 \begin_layout Standard
49610 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49611 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49617 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49618 LatexCommand printindex